diff --git a/.github/dependabot.yml b/.github/dependabot.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c547f772a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.github/dependabot.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# Please see the documentation for all configuration options:
+# https://docs.github.com/github/administering-a-repository/configuration-options-for-dependency-updates
+version: 2
+updates:
+# GitHub Actions
+- package-ecosystem: "github-actions"
+  directory: "/"
+  schedule:
+      interval: "weekly"
+  commit-message:
+      prefix: ":seedling:"
+  labels:
+    - "ok-to-test"
+
+# Go
+- package-ecosystem: "gomod"
+  directory: "/"
+  schedule:
+    interval: "weekly"
+    day: "monday"
+  ignore:
+  # Ignore controller-runtime as its upgraded manually.
+  - dependency-name: "sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime"
+    update-types: [ "version-update:semver-major", "version-update:semver-minor" ]
+    # Ignore k8s and its transitives modules as they are upgraded manually
+    # together with controller-runtime.
+  - dependency-name: "k8s.io/*"
+    update-types: [ "version-update:semver-major", "version-update:semver-minor" ]
+  - dependency-name: "sigs.k8s.io/cluster-api/test"
+    update-types: ["version-update:semver-major", "version-update:semver-minor"]
+  commit-message:
+    prefix: ":seedling:"
+  labels:
+    - "ok-to-test"
diff --git a/.github/workflows/golangci-lint.yaml b/.github/workflows/pr-golangci-lint.yaml
similarity index 78%
rename from .github/workflows/golangci-lint.yaml
rename to .github/workflows/pr-golangci-lint.yaml
index 62cf8b8d46..553f9cba37 100644
--- a/.github/workflows/golangci-lint.yaml
+++ b/.github/workflows/pr-golangci-lint.yaml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-name: golangci-lint
+name: PR golangci-lint
 
 on:
   pull_request:
@@ -17,10 +17,11 @@ jobs:
         id: vars
         run: echo "go_version=$(make go-version)" >> $GITHUB_OUTPUT
       - name: Set up Go
-        uses: actions/setup-go@fac708d6674e30b6ba41289acaab6d4b75aa0753 # tag=v4.0.1
+        uses: actions/setup-go@93397bea11091df50f3d7e59dc26a7711a8bcfbe # tag=v4.1.0
         with:
           go-version: ${{ steps.vars.outputs.go_version }}
       - name: golangci-lint
         uses: golangci/golangci-lint-action@639cd343e1d3b897ff35927a75193d57cfcba299 # tag=v3.6.0
         with:
-          version: v1.53.3
\ No newline at end of file
+          version: v1.53.3
+          args: --out-format=colored-line-number
diff --git a/.github/workflows/pr-md-link-check.yaml b/.github/workflows/pr-md-link-check.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..87154aacac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.github/workflows/pr-md-link-check.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+name: PR check Markdown links
+
+on:
+  pull_request:
+    types: [opened, edited, synchronize, reopened]
+    paths:
+      - '**.md'
+
+# Remove all permissions from GITHUB_TOKEN except metadata.
+permissions: {}
+
+jobs:
+  markdown-link-check:
+    name: Broken Links
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    steps:
+    - uses: actions/checkout@c85c95e3d7251135ab7dc9ce3241c5835cc595a9 # tag=v3.5.3
+    - uses: gaurav-nelson/github-action-markdown-link-check@5c5dfc0ac2e225883c0e5f03a85311ec2830d368 # tag=v1
+      with:
+        use-quiet-mode: 'yes'
+        config-file: .markdownlinkcheck.json
+        check-modified-files-only: 'yes'
+        base-branch: main
diff --git a/.github/workflows/verify-pr.yml b/.github/workflows/pr-verify.yaml
similarity index 73%
rename from .github/workflows/verify-pr.yml
rename to .github/workflows/pr-verify.yaml
index e55bc24990..c835c68010 100644
--- a/.github/workflows/verify-pr.yml
+++ b/.github/workflows/pr-verify.yaml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-name: Verify PR
+name: PR Verify
 
 on:
   pull_request_target:
@@ -14,6 +14,6 @@ jobs:
     steps:
       - name: Verifier action
         id: verifier
-        uses: kubernetes-sigs/kubebuilder-release-tools@v0.3.0
+        uses: kubernetes-sigs/kubebuilder-release-tools@4f3d1085b4458a49ed86918b4b55505716715b77 # tag=v0.3.0
         with:
           github_token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
diff --git a/.github/workflows/release.yaml b/.github/workflows/release.yaml
index 966eb893e0..323eb006be 100644
--- a/.github/workflows/release.yaml
+++ b/.github/workflows/release.yaml
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ jobs:
       - name: Calculate go version
         run: echo "go_version=$(make go-version)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
       - name: Set up Go
-        uses: actions/setup-go@fac708d6674e30b6ba41289acaab6d4b75aa0753 # tag=v4.0.1
+        uses: actions/setup-go@93397bea11091df50f3d7e59dc26a7711a8bcfbe # tag=v4.1.0
         with:
           go-version: ${{ env.go_version }}
       - name: generate release artifacts
diff --git a/.github/workflows/scan.yaml b/.github/workflows/scan.yaml
deleted file mode 100644
index f4063e8800..0000000000
--- a/.github/workflows/scan.yaml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-name: scan-images
-
-on:
-  schedule:
-    # Cron for every Monday at 12:00 UTC.
-    - cron: "0 12 * * 1"
-
-# Remove all permissions from GITHUB_TOKEN except metadata.
-permissions: {}
-
-jobs:
-  scan:
-    strategy:
-      fail-fast: false
-      matrix:
-        branch: [ main, release-1.6, release-1.5 ]
-    name: Trivy
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    steps:
-      - name: Check out code
-        uses: actions/checkout@8e5e7e5ab8b370d6c329ec480221332ada57f0ab # tag=v3.5.2
-        with:
-          ref: ${{ matrix.branch }}
-      - name: Calculate go version
-        id: vars
-        run: echo "go_version=$(make go-version)" >> $GITHUB_OUTPUT
-      - name: Set up Go
-        uses: actions/setup-go@6edd4406fa81c3da01a34fa6f6343087c207a568 # tag=v3.5.0
-        with:
-          go-version: ${{ steps.vars.outputs.go_version }}
-      - name: Run verify container script
-        run: make verify-container-images
diff --git a/.github/workflows/weekly-md-link-check.yaml b/.github/workflows/weekly-md-link-check.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f03ba9f3f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.github/workflows/weekly-md-link-check.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+name: Weekly check all Markdown links
+
+on:
+  schedule:
+    # Cron for every Monday at 12:00 UTC.
+    - cron: "0 12 * * 1"
+
+# Remove all permissions from GITHUB_TOKEN except metadata.
+permissions: {}
+
+jobs:
+  markdown-link-check:
+    name: Broken Links
+    strategy:
+      fail-fast: false
+      matrix:
+        branch: [ main, release-1.8, release-1.7, release-1.6, release-1.5 ]
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@c85c95e3d7251135ab7dc9ce3241c5835cc595a9 # tag=v3.5.3
+        with:
+          ref: ${{ matrix.branch }}
+      - uses: gaurav-nelson/github-action-markdown-link-check@5c5dfc0ac2e225883c0e5f03a85311ec2830d368 # tag=v1
+        with:
+          use-quiet-mode: 'yes'
+          config-file: .markdownlinkcheck.json
diff --git a/.github/workflows/weekly-security-scan.yaml b/.github/workflows/weekly-security-scan.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2047bcfd9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.github/workflows/weekly-security-scan.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+name: Weekly security scan
+
+on:
+  schedule:
+    # Cron for every Monday at 12:00 UTC.
+    - cron: "0 12 * * 1"
+
+# Remove all permissions from GITHUB_TOKEN except metadata.
+permissions: {}
+
+jobs:
+  scan:
+    strategy:
+      fail-fast: false
+      matrix:
+        branch: [ main, release-1.8, release-1.7, release-1.6, release-1.5 ]
+    name: Trivy
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    steps:
+    - name: Check out code
+      uses: actions/checkout@c85c95e3d7251135ab7dc9ce3241c5835cc595a9 # tag=v3.5.3
+      with:
+        ref: ${{ matrix.branch }}
+    - name: Calculate go version
+      id: vars
+      run: echo "go_version=$(make go-version)" >> $GITHUB_OUTPUT
+    - name: Set up Go
+      uses: actions/setup-go@93397bea11091df50f3d7e59dc26a7711a8bcfbe # tag=v4.1.0
+      with:
+        go-version: ${{ steps.vars.outputs.go_version }}
+    - name: Run verify security target
+      run: make verify-security
diff --git a/.github/workflows/weekly-test-release.yaml b/.github/workflows/weekly-test-release.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6d2fdc56e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.github/workflows/weekly-test-release.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+name: Weekly release test
+
+# Note: This workflow does not build for releases. It attempts to build release binaries periodically to ensure the repo
+# release machinery is in a good state.
+
+on:
+  schedule:
+    # Cron for every day at 12:00 UTC.
+    - cron: "0 12 * * *"
+
+# Remove all permissions from GITHUB_TOKEN except metadata.
+permissions: {}
+
+jobs:
+  weekly-test-release:
+    name: Test release
+    strategy:
+      fail-fast: false
+      matrix:
+        branch: [ main, release-1.8, release-1.7, release-1.6, release-1.5 ]
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@c85c95e3d7251135ab7dc9ce3241c5835cc595a9 # tag=v3.5.3
+        with:
+          ref: ${{ matrix.branch }}
+          fetch-depth: 0
+      - name: Set env
+        run:  echo "RELEASE_TAG=v9.9.9-fake" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+      - name: Set fake tag for release
+        run: |
+          git tag ${{ env.RELEASE_TAG }}
+      - name: Calculate go version
+        run: echo "go_version=$(make go-version)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+      - name: Set up Go
+        uses: actions/setup-go@93397bea11091df50f3d7e59dc26a7711a8bcfbe # tag=v4.1.0
+        with:
+          go-version: ${{ env.go_version }}
+      - name: Test release
+        run: |
+          make release
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/.markdownlinkcheck.json b/.markdownlinkcheck.json
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..78da0b7b6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.markdownlinkcheck.json
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+{
+    "ignorePatterns": [{
+        "pattern": "^http://localhost"
+    }],
+    "httpHeaders": [{
+        "comment": "Workaround as suggested here: https://github.com/tcort/markdown-link-check/issues/201",
+        "urls": ["https://docs.github.com/"],
+        "headers": {
+            "Accept-Encoding": "zstd, br, gzip, deflate"
+        }
+    }],
+    "timeout": "10s",
+    "retryOn429": true,
+    "retryCount": 5,
+    "fallbackRetryDelay": "30s",
+    "aliveStatusCodes": [200, 206]
+}
diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile
index 02e54c9e36..cbec4e9b2c 100644
--- a/Makefile
+++ b/Makefile
@@ -134,6 +134,8 @@ GO_APIDIFF_BIN := go-apidiff
 GO_APIDIFF := $(abspath $(TOOLS_BIN_DIR)/$(GO_APIDIFF_BIN)-$(GO_APIDIFF_VER))
 GO_APIDIFF_PKG := github.com/joelanford/go-apidiff
 
+SHELLCHECK_VER := v0.9.0
+
 KPROMO_VER := v4.0.4
 KPROMO_BIN := kpromo
 KPROMO :=  $(abspath $(TOOLS_BIN_DIR)/$(KPROMO_BIN)-$(KPROMO_VER))
@@ -150,10 +152,15 @@ GINKGO := $(abspath $(TOOLS_BIN_DIR)/$(GINKGO_BIN)-$(GINGKO_VER))
 GINKGO_PKG := github.com/onsi/ginkgo/ginkgo
 
 GOLANGCI_LINT_BIN := golangci-lint
-GOLANGCI_LINT_VER := $(shell cat .github/workflows/golangci-lint.yaml | grep [[:space:]]version: | sed 's/.*version: //')
+GOLANGCI_LINT_VER := $(shell cat .github/workflows/pr-golangci-lint.yaml | grep [[:space:]]version: | sed 's/.*version: //')
 GOLANGCI_LINT := $(abspath $(TOOLS_BIN_DIR)/$(GOLANGCI_LINT_BIN)-$(GOLANGCI_LINT_VER))
 GOLANGCI_LINT_PKG := github.com/golangci/golangci-lint/cmd/golangci-lint
 
+GOVULNCHECK_BIN := govulncheck
+GOVULNCHECK_VER := v1.0.0
+GOVULNCHECK := $(abspath $(TOOLS_BIN_DIR)/$(GOVULNCHECK_BIN)-$(GOVULNCHECK_VER))
+GOVULNCHECK_PKG := golang.org/x/vuln/cmd/govulncheck
+
 GOVC_VER := $(shell cat go.mod | grep "github.com/vmware/govmomi" | awk '{print $$NF}')
 GOVC_BIN := govc
 GOVC := $(abspath $(TOOLS_BIN_DIR)/$(GOVC_BIN)-$(GOVC_VER))
@@ -228,7 +235,7 @@ help:  # Display this help
 
 .PHONY: generate
 generate: ## Run all generate targets
-	$(MAKE) generate-modules generate-manifests generate-go-deepcopy generate-go-conversions
+	$(MAKE) generate-modules generate-manifests generate-go-deepcopy generate-go-conversions generate-flavors
 
 .PHONY: generate-manifests
 generate-manifests: $(CONTROLLER_GEN) ## Generate manifests e.g. CRD, RBAC etc.
@@ -276,6 +283,10 @@ generate-go-conversions: $(CONTROLLER_GEN) $(CONVERSION_GEN) ## Runs Go related
 generate-modules: ## Run go mod tidy to ensure modules are up to date
 	go mod tidy
 
+.PHONY: generate-doctoc
+generate-doctoc:
+	TRACE=$(TRACE) ./hack/generate-doctoc.sh
+
 .PHONY: generate-e2e-templates
 generate-e2e-templates: ## Generate e2e cluster templates
 	$(MAKE) release-flavors
@@ -311,7 +322,6 @@ generate-e2e-templates: ## Generate e2e cluster templates
 lint: $(GOLANGCI_LINT) ## Lint the codebase
 	$(MAKE) lint-go-full
 	$(MAKE) lint-markdown
-	$(MAKE) lint-shell
 
 GOLANGCI_LINT_EXTRA_ARGS ?= --fast=true
 .PHONY: lint-go
@@ -326,10 +336,6 @@ lint-go-full: lint-go ## Run slower linters to detect possible issues
 lint-markdown: ## Lint the project's markdown
 	docker run --rm -v "$$(pwd)":/build$(DOCKER_VOL_OPTS) gcr.io/cluster-api-provider-vsphere/extra/mdlint:0.17.0 -- /md/lint -i contrib/haproxy/openapi -i _releasenotes .
 
-.PHONY: lint-shell
-lint-shell: ## Lint the project's shell scripts
-	docker run --rm -t -v "$$(pwd)":/build:ro gcr.io/cluster-api-provider-vsphere/extra/shellcheck
-
 .PHONY: lint-fix
 lint-fix: $(GOLANGCI_LINT) ## Lint the codebase and run auto-fixers if supported by the linter
 	GOLANGCI_LINT_EXTRA_ARGS="--fast=false --fix" $(MAKE) lint-go
@@ -340,10 +346,10 @@ APIDIFF_OLD_COMMIT ?= $(shell git rev-parse origin/main)
 apidiff: $(GO_APIDIFF) ## Check for API differences
 	$(GO_APIDIFF) $(APIDIFF_OLD_COMMIT) --print-compatible
 
-ALL_VERIFY_CHECKS = boilerplate modules gen conversions
+ALL_VERIFY_CHECKS = boilerplate shellcheck modules gen conversions doctoc flavors
 
 .PHONY: verify
-verify: $(addprefix verify-,$(ALL_VERIFY_CHECKS)) lint-markdown lint-shell ## Run all verify-* targets
+verify: $(addprefix verify-,$(ALL_VERIFY_CHECKS)) lint-markdown ## Run all verify-* targets
 
 .PHONY: verify-modules
 verify-modules: generate-modules  ## Verify go modules are up to date
@@ -367,14 +373,46 @@ verify-gen: generate  ## Verify go generated files are up to date
 verify-conversions: $(CONVERSION_VERIFIER)  ## Verifies expected API conversion are in place
 	$(CONVERSION_VERIFIER)
 
+.PHONY: verify-doctoc
+verify-doctoc: generate-doctoc
+	@if !(git diff --quiet HEAD); then \
+		git diff; \
+		echo "doctoc is out of date, run make generate-doctoc"; exit 1; \
+	fi
+
 .PHONY: verify-boilerplate
 verify-boilerplate: ## Verify boilerplate text exists in each file
 	TRACE=$(TRACE) ./hack/verify-boilerplate.sh
 
+.PHONY: verify-shellcheck
+verify-shellcheck: ## Verify shell files
+	TRACE=$(TRACE) ./hack/verify-shellcheck.sh $(SHELLCHECK_VER)
+
 .PHONY: verify-container-images
 verify-container-images: ## Verify container images
 	TRACE=$(TRACE) ./hack/verify-container-images.sh
 
+.PHONY: verify-govulncheck
+verify-govulncheck: $(GOVULNCHECK) ## Verify code for vulnerabilities
+	$(GOVULNCHECK) ./...
+
+.PHONY: verify-security
+verify-security: ## Verify code and images for vulnerabilities
+	$(MAKE) verify-container-images && R1=$$? || R1=$$?; \
+	$(MAKE) verify-govulncheck && R2=$$? || R2=$$?; \
+	if [ "$$R1" -ne "0" ] || [ "$$R2" -ne "0" ]; then \
+	  echo "Check for vulnerabilities failed! There are vulnerabilities to be fixed"; \
+		exit 1; \
+	fi
+
+.PHONY: verify-flavors
+verify-flavors: $(FLAVOR_DIR) generate-flavors ## Verify generated flavors
+	@if !(git diff --quiet HEAD -- $(FLAVOR_DIR)); then \
+		git diff $(FLAVOR_DIR); \
+		echo "flavor files in templates directory are out of date"; exit 1; \
+	fi
+
+
 ## --------------------------------------
 ## Build
 ## --------------------------------------
@@ -720,6 +758,9 @@ $(GINKGO_BIN): $(GINKGO) ## Build a local copy of ginkgo.
 .PHONY: $(GOLANGCI_LINT_BIN)
 $(GOLANGCI_LINT_BIN): $(GOLANGCI_LINT) ## Build a local copy of golangci-lint.
 
+.PHONY: $(GOVULNCHECK_BIN)
+$(GOVULNCHECK_BIN): $(GOVULNCHECK) ## Build a local copy of govulncheck.
+
 .PHONY: $(GOVC_BIN)
 $(GOVC_BIN): $(GOVC) ## Build a local copy of govc.
 
@@ -769,6 +810,9 @@ $(GINKGO): # Build ginkgo.
 $(GOLANGCI_LINT): # Build golangci-lint.
 	GOBIN=$(TOOLS_BIN_DIR) $(GO_INSTALL) $(GOLANGCI_LINT_PKG) $(GOLANGCI_LINT_BIN) $(GOLANGCI_LINT_VER)
 
+$(GOVULNCHECK): # Build govulncheck.
+	GOBIN=$(TOOLS_BIN_DIR) $(GO_INSTALL) $(GOVULNCHECK_PKG) $(GOVULNCHECK_BIN) $(GOVULNCHECK_VER)
+
 $(GOVC): # Build GOVC.
 	CGO_ENABLED=0 GOBIN=$(TOOLS_BIN_DIR) $(GO_INSTALL) $(GOVC_PKG) $(GOVC_BIN) $(GOVC_VER)
 
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
index 31a645d8e7..f42d8ae876 100644
--- a/README.md
+++ b/README.md
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Note: These OVAs are not updated for security fixes and it is recommended to alw
 
 | Kubernetes | CentOS 7 | Ubuntu 18.04 | Ubuntu 20.04 | Photon 3 |
 | :--------: | :------: | :----------: | :----------: | :------: |
-|  v1.21.11   |   [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/centos-7-kube-v1.21.11.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/centos-7-kube-v1.21.11.ova.sha256)   |   [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/ubuntu-1804-kube-v1.21.11.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/ubuntu-1804-kube-v1.21.11.ova.sha256)   |   [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/ubuntu-2004-kube-v1.21.11.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/ubuntu-2004-kube-v1.21.11.ova.sha256)| [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/photon-3-kube-v1.21.11.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/photon-3-1804-kube-v1.21.11.ova.sha256) |
+|  v1.21.11   |   [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/centos-7-kube-v1.21.11.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/centos-7-kube-v1.21.11.ova.sha256)   |   [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/ubuntu-1804-kube-v1.21.11.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/ubuntu-1804-kube-v1.21.11.ova.sha256)   |   [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/ubuntu-2004-kube-v1.21.11.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/ubuntu-2004-kube-v1.21.11.ova.sha256)| [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/photon-3-kube-v1.21.11.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.21.11/photon-3-kube-v1.21.11.ova.sha256) |
 |  v1.22.8  | [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.22.8/centos-7-kube-v1.22.8.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.22.8/centos-7-kube-v1.22.8.ova.sha256) | [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.22.8/ubuntu-1804-kube-v1.22.8.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.22.8/ubuntu-1804-kube-v1.22.8.ova.sha256) | [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.22.8/ubuntu-2004-kube-v1.22.8.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.22.8/ubuntu-2004-kube-v1.22.8.ova.sha256)| [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.22.8/photon-3-kube-v1.22.8.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.22.8/photon-3-kube-v1.22.8.ova.sha256)  |
 |  v1.23.5   |   [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.23.5/centos-7-kube-v1.23.5.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.23.5/centos-7-kube-v1.23.5.ova.sha256)   |   [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.23.5/ubuntu-1804-kube-v1.23.5.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.23.5/ubuntu-1804-kube-v1.23.5.ova.sha256)   |   [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.23.5/ubuntu-2004-kube-v1.23.5.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.23.5/ubuntu-2004-kube-v1.23.5.ova.sha256)|   [ova](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.23.5/photon-3-kube-v1.23.5.ova), [sha256](https://storage.googleapis.com/capv-images/release/v1.23.5/photon-3-kube-v1.23.5.ova.sha256)    |
 
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/README.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/README.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d5a858872c..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/README.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,407 +0,0 @@
-# Go API client for openapi
-
-API for editing and managing haproxy instances. Provides process information, configuration management, haproxy stats and logs.  # Authentication  <!-- ReDoc-Inject: <security-definitions> -->
-
-## Overview
-This API client was generated by the [OpenAPI Generator](https://openapi-generator.tech) project.  By using the [OpenAPI-spec](https://www.openapis.org/) from a remote server, you can easily generate an API client.
-
-- API version: 1.2
-- Package version: 1.0.0
-- Build package: org.openapitools.codegen.languages.GoClientCodegen
-For more information, please visit [https://my.haproxy.com/portal/cust/login](https://my.haproxy.com/portal/cust/login)
-
-## Installation
-
-Install the following dependencies:
-
-```shell
-go get github.com/stretchr/testify/assert
-go get golang.org/x/oauth2
-go get golang.org/x/net/context
-go get github.com/antihax/optional
-```
-
-Put the package under your project folder and add the following in import:
-
-```golang
-import "./openapi"
-```
-
-## Documentation for API Endpoints
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Class | Method | HTTP request | Description
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-*ACLApi* | [**CreateAcl**](docs/ACLApi.md#createacl) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Add a new ACL line
-*ACLApi* | [**DeleteAcl**](docs/ACLApi.md#deleteacl) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Delete a ACL line
-*ACLApi* | [**GetAcl**](docs/ACLApi.md#getacl) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Return one ACL line
-*ACLApi* | [**GetAcls**](docs/ACLApi.md#getacls) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Return an array of all ACL lines
-*ACLApi* | [**ReplaceAcl**](docs/ACLApi.md#replaceacl) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Replace a ACL line
-*BackendApi* | [**CreateBackend**](docs/BackendApi.md#createbackend) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends | Add a backend
-*BackendApi* | [**DeleteBackend**](docs/BackendApi.md#deletebackend) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends/{name} | Delete a backend
-*BackendApi* | [**GetBackend**](docs/BackendApi.md#getbackend) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends/{name} | Return a backend
-*BackendApi* | [**GetBackends**](docs/BackendApi.md#getbackends) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends | Return an array of backends
-*BackendApi* | [**ReplaceBackend**](docs/BackendApi.md#replacebackend) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends/{name} | Replace a backend
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**CreateAcl**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#createacl) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Add a new ACL line
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**CreateFilter**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#createfilter) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Add a new Filter
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**CreateHTTPRequestRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#createhttprequestrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Add a new HTTP Request Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**CreateHTTPResponseRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#createhttpresponserule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Add a new HTTP Response Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**CreateLogTarget**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#createlogtarget) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Add a new Log Target
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**CreateServer**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#createserver) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers | Add a new server
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**CreateServerSwitchingRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#createserverswitchingrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules | Add a new Server Switching Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**CreateStickRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#createstickrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules | Add a new Stick Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**CreateTCPRequestRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#createtcprequestrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Add a new TCP Request Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**CreateTCPResponseRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#createtcpresponserule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Add a new TCP Response Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteAcl**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#deleteacl) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Delete a ACL line
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteFilter**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#deletefilter) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Delete a Filter
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteHTTPRequestRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#deletehttprequestrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Request Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteHTTPResponseRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#deletehttpresponserule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Response Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteLogTarget**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#deletelogtarget) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Delete a Log Target
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteServer**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#deleteserver) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Delete a server
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteServerSwitchingRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#deleteserverswitchingrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Delete a Server Switching Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteStickRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#deletestickrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Delete a Stick Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteTCPRequestRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#deletetcprequestrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Request Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteTCPResponseRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#deletetcpresponserule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Response Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetAcl**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#getacl) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Return one ACL line
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetAcls**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#getacls) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Return an array of all ACL lines
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetFilter**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#getfilter) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Return one Filter
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetFilters**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#getfilters) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Return an array of all Filters
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetHTTPRequestRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#gethttprequestrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Request Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetHTTPRequestRules**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#gethttprequestrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Request Rules
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetHTTPResponseRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#gethttpresponserule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Response Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetHTTPResponseRules**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#gethttpresponserules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Response Rules
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetLogTarget**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#getlogtarget) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Return one Log Target
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetLogTargets**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#getlogtargets) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Return an array of all Log Targets
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetServer**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#getserver) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Return one server
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetServerSwitchingRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#getserverswitchingrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Return one Server Switching Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetServerSwitchingRules**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#getserverswitchingrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules | Return an array of all Server Switching Rules
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetServers**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#getservers) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers | Return an array of servers
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetStickRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#getstickrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Return one Stick Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetStickRules**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#getstickrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules | Return an array of all Stick Rules
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetTCPRequestRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#gettcprequestrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Request Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetTCPRequestRules**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#gettcprequestrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Return an array of all TCP Request Rules
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetTCPResponseRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#gettcpresponserule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Response Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**GetTCPResponseRules**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#gettcpresponserules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Return an array of all TCP Response Rules
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceAcl**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#replaceacl) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Replace a ACL line
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceFilter**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#replacefilter) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Replace a Filter
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceHTTPRequestRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#replacehttprequestrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Request Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceHTTPResponseRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#replacehttpresponserule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Response Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceLogTarget**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#replacelogtarget) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Replace a Log Target
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceServer**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#replaceserver) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Replace a server
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceServerSwitchingRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#replaceserverswitchingrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Replace a Server Switching Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceStickRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#replacestickrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Replace a Stick Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceTCPRequestRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#replacetcprequestrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Request Rule
-*BackendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceTCPResponseRule**](docs/BackendOptionsApi.md#replacetcpresponserule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Response Rule
-*BackendSwitchingRuleApi* | [**CreateBackendSwitchingRule**](docs/BackendSwitchingRuleApi.md#createbackendswitchingrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules | Add a new Backend Switching Rule
-*BackendSwitchingRuleApi* | [**DeleteBackendSwitchingRule**](docs/BackendSwitchingRuleApi.md#deletebackendswitchingrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Delete a Backend Switching Rule
-*BackendSwitchingRuleApi* | [**GetBackendSwitchingRule**](docs/BackendSwitchingRuleApi.md#getbackendswitchingrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Return one Backend Switching Rule
-*BackendSwitchingRuleApi* | [**GetBackendSwitchingRules**](docs/BackendSwitchingRuleApi.md#getbackendswitchingrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules | Return an array of all Backend Switching Rules
-*BackendSwitchingRuleApi* | [**ReplaceBackendSwitchingRule**](docs/BackendSwitchingRuleApi.md#replacebackendswitchingrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Replace a Backend Switching Rule
-*BindApi* | [**CreateBind**](docs/BindApi.md#createbind) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds | Add a new bind
-*BindApi* | [**DeleteBind**](docs/BindApi.md#deletebind) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Delete a bind
-*BindApi* | [**GetBind**](docs/BindApi.md#getbind) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Return one bind
-*BindApi* | [**GetBinds**](docs/BindApi.md#getbinds) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds | Return an array of binds
-*BindApi* | [**ReplaceBind**](docs/BindApi.md#replacebind) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Replace a bind
-*ConfigurationApi* | [**GetHAProxyConfiguration**](docs/ConfigurationApi.md#gethaproxyconfiguration) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/raw | Return HAProxy configuration
-*ConfigurationApi* | [**PostHAProxyConfiguration**](docs/ConfigurationApi.md#posthaproxyconfiguration) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/raw | Push new haproxy configuration
-*DefaultsApi* | [**GetDefaults**](docs/DefaultsApi.md#getdefaults) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/defaults | Return defaults part of configuration
-*DefaultsApi* | [**ReplaceDefaults**](docs/DefaultsApi.md#replacedefaults) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/defaults | Replace defaults
-*DiscoveryApi* | [**GetAPIEndpoints**](docs/DiscoveryApi.md#getapiendpoints) | **Get** / | Return list of root endpoints
-*DiscoveryApi* | [**GetConfigurationEndpoints**](docs/DiscoveryApi.md#getconfigurationendpoints) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration | Return list of HAProxy advanced configuration endpoints
-*DiscoveryApi* | [**GetHaproxyEndpoints**](docs/DiscoveryApi.md#gethaproxyendpoints) | **Get** /services/haproxy | Return list of HAProxy related endpoints
-*DiscoveryApi* | [**GetServicesEndpoints**](docs/DiscoveryApi.md#getservicesendpoints) | **Get** /services | Return list of service endpoints
-*DiscoveryApi* | [**GetStatsEndpoints**](docs/DiscoveryApi.md#getstatsendpoints) | **Get** /services/haproxy/stats | Return list of HAProxy stats endpoints
-*FilterApi* | [**CreateFilter**](docs/FilterApi.md#createfilter) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Add a new Filter
-*FilterApi* | [**DeleteFilter**](docs/FilterApi.md#deletefilter) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Delete a Filter
-*FilterApi* | [**GetFilter**](docs/FilterApi.md#getfilter) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Return one Filter
-*FilterApi* | [**GetFilters**](docs/FilterApi.md#getfilters) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Return an array of all Filters
-*FilterApi* | [**ReplaceFilter**](docs/FilterApi.md#replacefilter) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Replace a Filter
-*FrontendApi* | [**CreateFrontend**](docs/FrontendApi.md#createfrontend) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends | Add a frontend
-*FrontendApi* | [**DeleteFrontend**](docs/FrontendApi.md#deletefrontend) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends/{name} | Delete a frontend
-*FrontendApi* | [**GetFrontend**](docs/FrontendApi.md#getfrontend) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends/{name} | Return a frontend
-*FrontendApi* | [**GetFrontends**](docs/FrontendApi.md#getfrontends) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends | Return an array of frontends
-*FrontendApi* | [**ReplaceFrontend**](docs/FrontendApi.md#replacefrontend) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends/{name} | Replace a frontend
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**CreateAcl**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#createacl) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Add a new ACL line
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**CreateBackendSwitchingRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#createbackendswitchingrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules | Add a new Backend Switching Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**CreateBind**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#createbind) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds | Add a new bind
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**CreateFilter**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#createfilter) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Add a new Filter
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**CreateHTTPRequestRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#createhttprequestrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Add a new HTTP Request Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**CreateHTTPResponseRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#createhttpresponserule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Add a new HTTP Response Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**CreateLogTarget**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#createlogtarget) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Add a new Log Target
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**CreateTCPRequestRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#createtcprequestrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Add a new TCP Request Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**CreateTCPResponseRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#createtcpresponserule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Add a new TCP Response Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteAcl**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#deleteacl) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Delete a ACL line
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteBackendSwitchingRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#deletebackendswitchingrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Delete a Backend Switching Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteBind**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#deletebind) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Delete a bind
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteFilter**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#deletefilter) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Delete a Filter
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteHTTPRequestRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#deletehttprequestrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Request Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteHTTPResponseRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#deletehttpresponserule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Response Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteLogTarget**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#deletelogtarget) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Delete a Log Target
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteTCPRequestRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#deletetcprequestrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Request Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**DeleteTCPResponseRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#deletetcpresponserule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Response Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetAcl**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#getacl) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Return one ACL line
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetAcls**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#getacls) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Return an array of all ACL lines
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetBackendSwitchingRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#getbackendswitchingrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Return one Backend Switching Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetBackendSwitchingRules**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#getbackendswitchingrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules | Return an array of all Backend Switching Rules
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetBind**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#getbind) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Return one bind
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetBinds**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#getbinds) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds | Return an array of binds
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetFilter**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#getfilter) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Return one Filter
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetFilters**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#getfilters) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Return an array of all Filters
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetHTTPRequestRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#gethttprequestrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Request Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetHTTPRequestRules**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#gethttprequestrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Request Rules
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetHTTPResponseRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#gethttpresponserule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Response Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetHTTPResponseRules**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#gethttpresponserules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Response Rules
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetLogTarget**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#getlogtarget) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Return one Log Target
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetLogTargets**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#getlogtargets) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Return an array of all Log Targets
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetTCPRequestRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#gettcprequestrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Request Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetTCPRequestRules**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#gettcprequestrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Return an array of all TCP Request Rules
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetTCPResponseRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#gettcpresponserule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Response Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**GetTCPResponseRules**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#gettcpresponserules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Return an array of all TCP Response Rules
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceAcl**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#replaceacl) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Replace a ACL line
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceBackendSwitchingRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#replacebackendswitchingrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Replace a Backend Switching Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceBind**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#replacebind) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Replace a bind
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceFilter**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#replacefilter) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Replace a Filter
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceHTTPRequestRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#replacehttprequestrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Request Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceHTTPResponseRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#replacehttpresponserule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Response Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceLogTarget**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#replacelogtarget) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Replace a Log Target
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceTCPRequestRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#replacetcprequestrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Request Rule
-*FrontendOptionsApi* | [**ReplaceTCPResponseRule**](docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md#replacetcpresponserule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Response Rule
-*GlobalApi* | [**GetGlobal**](docs/GlobalApi.md#getglobal) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/global | Return a global part of configuration
-*GlobalApi* | [**ReplaceGlobal**](docs/GlobalApi.md#replaceglobal) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/global | Replace global
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**CreateAcl**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#createacl) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Add a new ACL line
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**CreateBackend**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#createbackend) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends | Add a backend
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**CreateBackendSwitchingRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#createbackendswitchingrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules | Add a new Backend Switching Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**CreateBind**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#createbind) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds | Add a new bind
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**CreateFilter**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#createfilter) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Add a new Filter
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**CreateFrontend**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#createfrontend) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends | Add a frontend
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**CreateHTTPRequestRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#createhttprequestrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Add a new HTTP Request Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**CreateHTTPResponseRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#createhttpresponserule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Add a new HTTP Response Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**CreateLogTarget**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#createlogtarget) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Add a new Log Target
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**CreateServer**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#createserver) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers | Add a new server
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**CreateServerSwitchingRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#createserverswitchingrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules | Add a new Server Switching Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**CreateStickRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#createstickrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules | Add a new Stick Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**CreateTCPRequestRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#createtcprequestrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Add a new TCP Request Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**CreateTCPResponseRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#createtcpresponserule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Add a new TCP Response Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**DeleteAcl**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#deleteacl) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Delete a ACL line
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**DeleteBackend**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#deletebackend) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends/{name} | Delete a backend
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**DeleteBackendSwitchingRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#deletebackendswitchingrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Delete a Backend Switching Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**DeleteBind**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#deletebind) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Delete a bind
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**DeleteFilter**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#deletefilter) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Delete a Filter
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**DeleteFrontend**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#deletefrontend) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends/{name} | Delete a frontend
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**DeleteHTTPRequestRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#deletehttprequestrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Request Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**DeleteHTTPResponseRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#deletehttpresponserule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Response Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**DeleteLogTarget**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#deletelogtarget) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Delete a Log Target
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**DeleteServer**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#deleteserver) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Delete a server
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**DeleteServerSwitchingRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#deleteserverswitchingrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Delete a Server Switching Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**DeleteStickRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#deletestickrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Delete a Stick Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**DeleteTCPRequestRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#deletetcprequestrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Request Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**DeleteTCPResponseRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#deletetcpresponserule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Response Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetAcl**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getacl) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Return one ACL line
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetAcls**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getacls) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Return an array of all ACL lines
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetBackend**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getbackend) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends/{name} | Return a backend
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetBackendSwitchingRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getbackendswitchingrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Return one Backend Switching Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetBackendSwitchingRules**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getbackendswitchingrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules | Return an array of all Backend Switching Rules
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetBackends**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getbackends) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends | Return an array of backends
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetBind**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getbind) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Return one bind
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetBinds**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getbinds) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds | Return an array of binds
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetDefaults**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getdefaults) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/defaults | Return defaults part of configuration
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetFilter**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getfilter) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Return one Filter
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetFilters**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getfilters) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Return an array of all Filters
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetFrontend**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getfrontend) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends/{name} | Return a frontend
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetFrontends**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getfrontends) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends | Return an array of frontends
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetGlobal**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getglobal) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/global | Return a global part of configuration
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetHAProxyConfiguration**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#gethaproxyconfiguration) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/raw | Return HAProxy configuration
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetHTTPRequestRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#gethttprequestrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Request Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetHTTPRequestRules**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#gethttprequestrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Request Rules
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetHTTPResponseRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#gethttpresponserule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Response Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetHTTPResponseRules**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#gethttpresponserules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Response Rules
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetLogTarget**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getlogtarget) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Return one Log Target
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetLogTargets**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getlogtargets) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Return an array of all Log Targets
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetServer**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getserver) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Return one server
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetServerSwitchingRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getserverswitchingrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Return one Server Switching Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetServerSwitchingRules**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getserverswitchingrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules | Return an array of all Server Switching Rules
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetServers**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getservers) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers | Return an array of servers
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetStickRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getstickrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Return one Stick Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetStickRules**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#getstickrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules | Return an array of all Stick Rules
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetTCPRequestRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#gettcprequestrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Request Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetTCPRequestRules**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#gettcprequestrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Return an array of all TCP Request Rules
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetTCPResponseRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#gettcpresponserule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Response Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**GetTCPResponseRules**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#gettcpresponserules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Return an array of all TCP Response Rules
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**PostHAProxyConfiguration**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#posthaproxyconfiguration) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/raw | Push new haproxy configuration
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceAcl**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replaceacl) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Replace a ACL line
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceBackend**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replacebackend) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends/{name} | Replace a backend
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceBackendSwitchingRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replacebackendswitchingrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Replace a Backend Switching Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceBind**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replacebind) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Replace a bind
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceDefaults**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replacedefaults) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/defaults | Replace defaults
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceFilter**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replacefilter) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Replace a Filter
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceFrontend**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replacefrontend) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends/{name} | Replace a frontend
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceGlobal**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replaceglobal) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/global | Replace global
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceHTTPRequestRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replacehttprequestrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Request Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceHTTPResponseRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replacehttpresponserule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Response Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceLogTarget**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replacelogtarget) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Replace a Log Target
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceServer**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replaceserver) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Replace a server
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceServerSwitchingRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replaceserverswitchingrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Replace a Server Switching Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceStickRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replacestickrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Replace a Stick Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceTCPRequestRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replacetcprequestrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Request Rule
-*HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi* | [**ReplaceTCPResponseRule**](docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#replacetcpresponserule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Response Rule
-*HTTPRequestRuleApi* | [**CreateHTTPRequestRule**](docs/HTTPRequestRuleApi.md#createhttprequestrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Add a new HTTP Request Rule
-*HTTPRequestRuleApi* | [**DeleteHTTPRequestRule**](docs/HTTPRequestRuleApi.md#deletehttprequestrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Request Rule
-*HTTPRequestRuleApi* | [**GetHTTPRequestRule**](docs/HTTPRequestRuleApi.md#gethttprequestrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Request Rule
-*HTTPRequestRuleApi* | [**GetHTTPRequestRules**](docs/HTTPRequestRuleApi.md#gethttprequestrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Request Rules
-*HTTPRequestRuleApi* | [**ReplaceHTTPRequestRule**](docs/HTTPRequestRuleApi.md#replacehttprequestrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Request Rule
-*HTTPResponseRuleApi* | [**CreateHTTPResponseRule**](docs/HTTPResponseRuleApi.md#createhttpresponserule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Add a new HTTP Response Rule
-*HTTPResponseRuleApi* | [**DeleteHTTPResponseRule**](docs/HTTPResponseRuleApi.md#deletehttpresponserule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Response Rule
-*HTTPResponseRuleApi* | [**GetHTTPResponseRule**](docs/HTTPResponseRuleApi.md#gethttpresponserule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Response Rule
-*HTTPResponseRuleApi* | [**GetHTTPResponseRules**](docs/HTTPResponseRuleApi.md#gethttpresponserules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Response Rules
-*HTTPResponseRuleApi* | [**ReplaceHTTPResponseRule**](docs/HTTPResponseRuleApi.md#replacehttpresponserule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Response Rule
-*InformationApi* | [**GetHaproxyProcessInfo**](docs/InformationApi.md#gethaproxyprocessinfo) | **Get** /services/haproxy/info | Return HAProxy process information
-*InformationApi* | [**GetInfo**](docs/InformationApi.md#getinfo) | **Get** /info | Return API, hardware and OS information
-*LogTargetApi* | [**CreateLogTarget**](docs/LogTargetApi.md#createlogtarget) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Add a new Log Target
-*LogTargetApi* | [**DeleteLogTarget**](docs/LogTargetApi.md#deletelogtarget) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Delete a Log Target
-*LogTargetApi* | [**GetLogTarget**](docs/LogTargetApi.md#getlogtarget) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Return one Log Target
-*LogTargetApi* | [**GetLogTargets**](docs/LogTargetApi.md#getlogtargets) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Return an array of all Log Targets
-*LogTargetApi* | [**ReplaceLogTarget**](docs/LogTargetApi.md#replacelogtarget) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Replace a Log Target
-*ReloadsApi* | [**GetReload**](docs/ReloadsApi.md#getreload) | **Get** /services/haproxy/reloads/{id} | Return one HAProxy reload status
-*ReloadsApi* | [**GetReloads**](docs/ReloadsApi.md#getreloads) | **Get** /services/haproxy/reloads | Return list of HAProxy Reloads.
-*ServerApi* | [**CreateServer**](docs/ServerApi.md#createserver) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers | Add a new server
-*ServerApi* | [**DeleteServer**](docs/ServerApi.md#deleteserver) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Delete a server
-*ServerApi* | [**GetServer**](docs/ServerApi.md#getserver) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Return one server
-*ServerApi* | [**GetServers**](docs/ServerApi.md#getservers) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers | Return an array of servers
-*ServerApi* | [**ReplaceServer**](docs/ServerApi.md#replaceserver) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Replace a server
-*ServerSwitchingRuleApi* | [**CreateServerSwitchingRule**](docs/ServerSwitchingRuleApi.md#createserverswitchingrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules | Add a new Server Switching Rule
-*ServerSwitchingRuleApi* | [**DeleteServerSwitchingRule**](docs/ServerSwitchingRuleApi.md#deleteserverswitchingrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Delete a Server Switching Rule
-*ServerSwitchingRuleApi* | [**GetServerSwitchingRule**](docs/ServerSwitchingRuleApi.md#getserverswitchingrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Return one Server Switching Rule
-*ServerSwitchingRuleApi* | [**GetServerSwitchingRules**](docs/ServerSwitchingRuleApi.md#getserverswitchingrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules | Return an array of all Server Switching Rules
-*ServerSwitchingRuleApi* | [**ReplaceServerSwitchingRule**](docs/ServerSwitchingRuleApi.md#replaceserverswitchingrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Replace a Server Switching Rule
-*SitesApi* | [**CreateSite**](docs/SitesApi.md#createsite) | **Post** /services/haproxy/sites | Add a site
-*SitesApi* | [**DeleteSite**](docs/SitesApi.md#deletesite) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/sites/{name} | Delete a site
-*SitesApi* | [**GetSite**](docs/SitesApi.md#getsite) | **Get** /services/haproxy/sites/{name} | Return a site
-*SitesApi* | [**GetSites**](docs/SitesApi.md#getsites) | **Get** /services/haproxy/sites | Return an array of sites
-*SitesApi* | [**ReplaceSite**](docs/SitesApi.md#replacesite) | **Put** /services/haproxy/sites/{name} | Replace a site
-*SpecificationApi* | [**GetSpecification**](docs/SpecificationApi.md#getspecification) | **Get** /specification | Data Plane API Specification
-*StatsApi* | [**GetStats**](docs/StatsApi.md#getstats) | **Get** /services/haproxy/stats/native | Gets stats
-*StickRuleApi* | [**CreateStickRule**](docs/StickRuleApi.md#createstickrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules | Add a new Stick Rule
-*StickRuleApi* | [**DeleteStickRule**](docs/StickRuleApi.md#deletestickrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Delete a Stick Rule
-*StickRuleApi* | [**GetStickRule**](docs/StickRuleApi.md#getstickrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Return one Stick Rule
-*StickRuleApi* | [**GetStickRules**](docs/StickRuleApi.md#getstickrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules | Return an array of all Stick Rules
-*StickRuleApi* | [**ReplaceStickRule**](docs/StickRuleApi.md#replacestickrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Replace a Stick Rule
-*TCPRequestRuleApi* | [**CreateTCPRequestRule**](docs/TCPRequestRuleApi.md#createtcprequestrule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Add a new TCP Request Rule
-*TCPRequestRuleApi* | [**DeleteTCPRequestRule**](docs/TCPRequestRuleApi.md#deletetcprequestrule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Request Rule
-*TCPRequestRuleApi* | [**GetTCPRequestRule**](docs/TCPRequestRuleApi.md#gettcprequestrule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Request Rule
-*TCPRequestRuleApi* | [**GetTCPRequestRules**](docs/TCPRequestRuleApi.md#gettcprequestrules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Return an array of all TCP Request Rules
-*TCPRequestRuleApi* | [**ReplaceTCPRequestRule**](docs/TCPRequestRuleApi.md#replacetcprequestrule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Request Rule
-*TCPResponseRuleApi* | [**CreateTCPResponseRule**](docs/TCPResponseRuleApi.md#createtcpresponserule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Add a new TCP Response Rule
-*TCPResponseRuleApi* | [**DeleteTCPResponseRule**](docs/TCPResponseRuleApi.md#deletetcpresponserule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Response Rule
-*TCPResponseRuleApi* | [**GetTCPResponseRule**](docs/TCPResponseRuleApi.md#gettcpresponserule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Response Rule
-*TCPResponseRuleApi* | [**GetTCPResponseRules**](docs/TCPResponseRuleApi.md#gettcpresponserules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Return an array of all TCP Response Rules
-*TCPResponseRuleApi* | [**ReplaceTCPResponseRule**](docs/TCPResponseRuleApi.md#replacetcpresponserule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Response Rule
-*TransactionsApi* | [**CommitTransaction**](docs/TransactionsApi.md#committransaction) | **Put** /services/haproxy/transactions/{id} | Commit transaction
-*TransactionsApi* | [**DeleteTransaction**](docs/TransactionsApi.md#deletetransaction) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/transactions/{id} | Delete a transaction
-*TransactionsApi* | [**GetTransaction**](docs/TransactionsApi.md#gettransaction) | **Get** /services/haproxy/transactions/{id} | Return one HAProxy configuration transactions
-*TransactionsApi* | [**GetTransactions**](docs/TransactionsApi.md#gettransactions) | **Get** /services/haproxy/transactions | Return list of HAProxy configuration transactions.
-*TransactionsApi* | [**StartTransaction**](docs/TransactionsApi.md#starttransaction) | **Post** /services/haproxy/transactions | Start a new transaction
-
-
-## Documentation For Models
-
- - [Acl](docs/Acl.md)
- - [Backend](docs/Backend.md)
- - [BackendHashType](docs/BackendHashType.md)
- - [BackendStickTable](docs/BackendStickTable.md)
- - [BackendSwitchingRule](docs/BackendSwitchingRule.md)
- - [Balance](docs/Balance.md)
- - [Bind](docs/Bind.md)
- - [DefaultServer](docs/DefaultServer.md)
- - [Defaults](docs/Defaults.md)
- - [Endpoint](docs/Endpoint.md)
- - [Errorfile](docs/Errorfile.md)
- - [Filter](docs/Filter.md)
- - [Forwardfor](docs/Forwardfor.md)
- - [Frontend](docs/Frontend.md)
- - [Global](docs/Global.md)
- - [GlobalCpuMaps](docs/GlobalCpuMaps.md)
- - [GlobalRuntimeApis](docs/GlobalRuntimeApis.md)
- - [HttpRequestRule](docs/HttpRequestRule.md)
- - [HttpResponseRule](docs/HttpResponseRule.md)
- - [Httpchk](docs/Httpchk.md)
- - [Info](docs/Info.md)
- - [InfoApi](docs/InfoApi.md)
- - [InfoSystem](docs/InfoSystem.md)
- - [InfoSystemCpuInfo](docs/InfoSystemCpuInfo.md)
- - [InfoSystemMemInfo](docs/InfoSystemMemInfo.md)
- - [InlineResponse200](docs/InlineResponse200.md)
- - [InlineResponse2001](docs/InlineResponse2001.md)
- - [InlineResponse20010](docs/InlineResponse20010.md)
- - [InlineResponse20011](docs/InlineResponse20011.md)
- - [InlineResponse20012](docs/InlineResponse20012.md)
- - [InlineResponse20013](docs/InlineResponse20013.md)
- - [InlineResponse20014](docs/InlineResponse20014.md)
- - [InlineResponse20015](docs/InlineResponse20015.md)
- - [InlineResponse20016](docs/InlineResponse20016.md)
- - [InlineResponse20017](docs/InlineResponse20017.md)
- - [InlineResponse20018](docs/InlineResponse20018.md)
- - [InlineResponse20019](docs/InlineResponse20019.md)
- - [InlineResponse2002](docs/InlineResponse2002.md)
- - [InlineResponse20020](docs/InlineResponse20020.md)
- - [InlineResponse20021](docs/InlineResponse20021.md)
- - [InlineResponse20022](docs/InlineResponse20022.md)
- - [InlineResponse20023](docs/InlineResponse20023.md)
- - [InlineResponse20024](docs/InlineResponse20024.md)
- - [InlineResponse20025](docs/InlineResponse20025.md)
- - [InlineResponse20026](docs/InlineResponse20026.md)
- - [InlineResponse20027](docs/InlineResponse20027.md)
- - [InlineResponse20028](docs/InlineResponse20028.md)
- - [InlineResponse20029](docs/InlineResponse20029.md)
- - [InlineResponse2003](docs/InlineResponse2003.md)
- - [InlineResponse20030](docs/InlineResponse20030.md)
- - [InlineResponse20031](docs/InlineResponse20031.md)
- - [InlineResponse20032](docs/InlineResponse20032.md)
- - [InlineResponse2004](docs/InlineResponse2004.md)
- - [InlineResponse2005](docs/InlineResponse2005.md)
- - [InlineResponse2006](docs/InlineResponse2006.md)
- - [InlineResponse2007](docs/InlineResponse2007.md)
- - [InlineResponse2008](docs/InlineResponse2008.md)
- - [InlineResponse2009](docs/InlineResponse2009.md)
- - [LogTarget](docs/LogTarget.md)
- - [ModelError](docs/ModelError.md)
- - [NativeStat](docs/NativeStat.md)
- - [NativeStatStats](docs/NativeStatStats.md)
- - [ProcessInfo](docs/ProcessInfo.md)
- - [ProcessInfoHaproxy](docs/ProcessInfoHaproxy.md)
- - [Redispatch](docs/Redispatch.md)
- - [Reload](docs/Reload.md)
- - [Server](docs/Server.md)
- - [ServerSwitchingRule](docs/ServerSwitchingRule.md)
- - [Site](docs/Site.md)
- - [SiteFarms](docs/SiteFarms.md)
- - [SiteService](docs/SiteService.md)
- - [StickRule](docs/StickRule.md)
- - [TcpRequestRule](docs/TcpRequestRule.md)
- - [TcpResponseRule](docs/TcpResponseRule.md)
- - [Transaction](docs/Transaction.md)
-
-
-## Documentation For Authorization
-
-
-
-## basic_auth
-
-- **Type**: HTTP basic authentication
-
-Example
-
-```golang
-auth := context.WithValue(context.Background(), sw.ContextBasicAuth, sw.BasicAuth{
-    UserName: "username",
-    Password: "password",
-})
-r, err := client.Service.Operation(auth, args)
-```
-
-
-## Author
-
-support@haproxy.com
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ACLApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ACLApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5da690bfb9..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ACLApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-# \ACLApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateAcl**](ACLApi.md#CreateAcl) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Add a new ACL line
-[**DeleteAcl**](ACLApi.md#DeleteAcl) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Delete a ACL line
-[**GetAcl**](ACLApi.md#GetAcl) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Return one ACL line
-[**GetAcls**](ACLApi.md#GetAcls) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Return an array of all ACL lines
-[**ReplaceAcl**](ACLApi.md#ReplaceAcl) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Replace a ACL line
-
-
-
-## CreateAcl
-
-> Acl CreateAcl(ctx, parentName, parentType, acl, optional)
-
-Add a new ACL line
-
-Adds a new ACL line of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**acl** | [**Acl**](Acl.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Acl**](acl.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteAcl
-
-> DeleteAcl(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a ACL line
-
-Deletes a ACL line configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| ACL line ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetAcl
-
-> InlineResponse20031 GetAcl(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one ACL line
-
-Returns one ACL line configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| ACL line ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20031**](inline_response_200_31.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetAcls
-
-> InlineResponse20030 GetAcls(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all ACL lines
-
-Returns all ACL lines that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetAclsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetAclsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20030**](inline_response_200_30.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceAcl
-
-> Acl ReplaceAcl(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, acl, optional)
-
-Replace a ACL line
-
-Replaces a ACL line configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| ACL line ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**acl** | [**Acl**](Acl.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Acl**](acl.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Acl.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Acl.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 75e57e0dac..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Acl.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-# Acl
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**AclName** | **string** |  | 
-**Criterion** | **string** |  | 
-**Id** | Pointer to **int32** |  | 
-**Value** | **string** |  | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Backend.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Backend.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b78f0a4289..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Backend.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-# Backend
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**AdvCheck** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Balance** | [**Balance**](balance.md) |  | [optional] 
-**CheckTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**ConnectTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Cookie** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**DefaultServer** | [**DefaultServer**](default_server.md) |  | [optional] 
-**ExternalCheck** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**ExternalCheckCommand** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**ExternalCheckPath** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Forwardfor** | [**Forwardfor**](forwardfor.md) |  | [optional] 
-**HashType** | [**BackendHashType**](backend_hash_type.md) |  | [optional] 
-**HttpUseHtx** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**HttpConnectionMode** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**HttpKeepAliveTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**HttpPretendKeepalive** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**HttpRequestTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Httpchk** | [**Httpchk**](httpchk.md) |  | [optional] 
-**LogTag** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Mode** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Name** | **string** |  | 
-**QueueTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Redispatch** | [**Redispatch**](redispatch.md) |  | [optional] 
-**Retries** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**ServerTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**StickTable** | [**BackendStickTable**](backend_stick_table.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 38d34aa3ba..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
-# \BackendApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateBackend**](BackendApi.md#CreateBackend) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends | Add a backend
-[**DeleteBackend**](BackendApi.md#DeleteBackend) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends/{name} | Delete a backend
-[**GetBackend**](BackendApi.md#GetBackend) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends/{name} | Return a backend
-[**GetBackends**](BackendApi.md#GetBackends) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends | Return an array of backends
-[**ReplaceBackend**](BackendApi.md#ReplaceBackend) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends/{name} | Replace a backend
-
-
-
-## CreateBackend
-
-> Backend CreateBackend(ctx, backend, optional)
-
-Add a backend
-
-Adds a new backend to the configuration file.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | [**Backend**](Backend.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateBackendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateBackendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Backend**](backend.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteBackend
-
-> DeleteBackend(ctx, name, optional)
-
-Delete a backend
-
-Deletes a frontend from the configuration by it's name.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteBackendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteBackendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBackend
-
-> InlineResponse2007 GetBackend(ctx, name, optional)
-
-Return a backend
-
-Returns one backend configuration by it's name.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetBackendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBackendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2007**](inline_response_200_7.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBackends
-
-> InlineResponse2006 GetBackends(ctx, optional)
-
-Return an array of backends
-
-Returns an array of all configured backends.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
- **optional** | ***GetBackendsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBackendsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2006**](inline_response_200_6.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceBackend
-
-> Backend ReplaceBackend(ctx, name, backend, optional)
-
-Replace a backend
-
-Replaces a backend configuration by it's name.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Backend name | 
-**backend** | [**Backend**](Backend.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceBackendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceBackendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Backend**](backend.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendHashType.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendHashType.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 429753f267..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendHashType.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-# BackendHashType
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Function** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Method** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Modifier** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendOptionsApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendOptionsApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 48f7fa33b0..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendOptionsApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2528 +0,0 @@
-# \BackendOptionsApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateAcl**](BackendOptionsApi.md#CreateAcl) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Add a new ACL line
-[**CreateFilter**](BackendOptionsApi.md#CreateFilter) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Add a new Filter
-[**CreateHTTPRequestRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#CreateHTTPRequestRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Add a new HTTP Request Rule
-[**CreateHTTPResponseRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#CreateHTTPResponseRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Add a new HTTP Response Rule
-[**CreateLogTarget**](BackendOptionsApi.md#CreateLogTarget) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Add a new Log Target
-[**CreateServer**](BackendOptionsApi.md#CreateServer) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers | Add a new server
-[**CreateServerSwitchingRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#CreateServerSwitchingRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules | Add a new Server Switching Rule
-[**CreateStickRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#CreateStickRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules | Add a new Stick Rule
-[**CreateTCPRequestRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#CreateTCPRequestRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Add a new TCP Request Rule
-[**CreateTCPResponseRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#CreateTCPResponseRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Add a new TCP Response Rule
-[**DeleteAcl**](BackendOptionsApi.md#DeleteAcl) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Delete a ACL line
-[**DeleteFilter**](BackendOptionsApi.md#DeleteFilter) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Delete a Filter
-[**DeleteHTTPRequestRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#DeleteHTTPRequestRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Request Rule
-[**DeleteHTTPResponseRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#DeleteHTTPResponseRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Response Rule
-[**DeleteLogTarget**](BackendOptionsApi.md#DeleteLogTarget) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Delete a Log Target
-[**DeleteServer**](BackendOptionsApi.md#DeleteServer) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Delete a server
-[**DeleteServerSwitchingRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#DeleteServerSwitchingRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Delete a Server Switching Rule
-[**DeleteStickRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#DeleteStickRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Delete a Stick Rule
-[**DeleteTCPRequestRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#DeleteTCPRequestRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Request Rule
-[**DeleteTCPResponseRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#DeleteTCPResponseRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Response Rule
-[**GetAcl**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetAcl) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Return one ACL line
-[**GetAcls**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetAcls) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Return an array of all ACL lines
-[**GetFilter**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetFilter) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Return one Filter
-[**GetFilters**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetFilters) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Return an array of all Filters
-[**GetHTTPRequestRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetHTTPRequestRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Request Rule
-[**GetHTTPRequestRules**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetHTTPRequestRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Request Rules
-[**GetHTTPResponseRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetHTTPResponseRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Response Rule
-[**GetHTTPResponseRules**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetHTTPResponseRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Response Rules
-[**GetLogTarget**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetLogTarget) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Return one Log Target
-[**GetLogTargets**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetLogTargets) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Return an array of all Log Targets
-[**GetServer**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetServer) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Return one server
-[**GetServerSwitchingRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetServerSwitchingRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Return one Server Switching Rule
-[**GetServerSwitchingRules**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetServerSwitchingRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules | Return an array of all Server Switching Rules
-[**GetServers**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetServers) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers | Return an array of servers
-[**GetStickRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetStickRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Return one Stick Rule
-[**GetStickRules**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetStickRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules | Return an array of all Stick Rules
-[**GetTCPRequestRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetTCPRequestRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Request Rule
-[**GetTCPRequestRules**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetTCPRequestRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Return an array of all TCP Request Rules
-[**GetTCPResponseRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetTCPResponseRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Response Rule
-[**GetTCPResponseRules**](BackendOptionsApi.md#GetTCPResponseRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Return an array of all TCP Response Rules
-[**ReplaceAcl**](BackendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceAcl) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Replace a ACL line
-[**ReplaceFilter**](BackendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceFilter) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Replace a Filter
-[**ReplaceHTTPRequestRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceHTTPRequestRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Request Rule
-[**ReplaceHTTPResponseRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceHTTPResponseRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Response Rule
-[**ReplaceLogTarget**](BackendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceLogTarget) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Replace a Log Target
-[**ReplaceServer**](BackendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceServer) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Replace a server
-[**ReplaceServerSwitchingRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceServerSwitchingRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Replace a Server Switching Rule
-[**ReplaceStickRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceStickRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Replace a Stick Rule
-[**ReplaceTCPRequestRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceTCPRequestRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Request Rule
-[**ReplaceTCPResponseRule**](BackendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceTCPResponseRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Response Rule
-
-
-
-## CreateAcl
-
-> Acl CreateAcl(ctx, parentName, parentType, acl, optional)
-
-Add a new ACL line
-
-Adds a new ACL line of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**acl** | [**Acl**](Acl.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Acl**](acl.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateFilter
-
-> Filter CreateFilter(ctx, parentName, parentType, filter, optional)
-
-Add a new Filter
-
-Adds a new Filter of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**filter** | [**Filter**](Filter.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Filter**](filter.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateHTTPRequestRule
-
-> HttpRequestRule CreateHTTPRequestRule(ctx, parentName, parentType, httpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Add a new HTTP Request Rule
-
-Adds a new HTTP Request Rule of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpRequestRule** | [**HttpRequestRule**](HttpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpRequestRule**](http_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateHTTPResponseRule
-
-> HttpResponseRule CreateHTTPResponseRule(ctx, parentName, parentType, httpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Add a new HTTP Response Rule
-
-Adds a new HTTP Response Rule of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpResponseRule** | [**HttpResponseRule**](HttpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpResponseRule**](http_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateLogTarget
-
-> LogTarget CreateLogTarget(ctx, parentName, parentType, logTarget, optional)
-
-Add a new Log Target
-
-Adds a new Log Target of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**logTarget** | [**LogTarget**](LogTarget.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**LogTarget**](log_target.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateServer
-
-> Server CreateServer(ctx, backend, server, optional)
-
-Add a new server
-
-Adds a new server in the specified backend in the configuration file.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
-**server** | [**Server**](Server.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateServerOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateServerOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Server**](server.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateServerSwitchingRule
-
-> ServerSwitchingRule CreateServerSwitchingRule(ctx, backend, serverSwitchingRule, optional)
-
-Add a new Server Switching Rule
-
-Adds a new Server Switching Rule of the specified type in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
-**serverSwitchingRule** | [**ServerSwitchingRule**](ServerSwitchingRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateServerSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateServerSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**ServerSwitchingRule**](server_switching_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateStickRule
-
-> StickRule CreateStickRule(ctx, backend, stickRule, optional)
-
-Add a new Stick Rule
-
-Adds a new Stick Rule of the specified type in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
-**stickRule** | [**StickRule**](StickRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateStickRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateStickRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**StickRule**](stick_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateTCPRequestRule
-
-> TcpRequestRule CreateTCPRequestRule(ctx, parentName, parentType, tcpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Add a new TCP Request Rule
-
-Adds a new TCP Request Rule of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**tcpRequestRule** | [**TcpRequestRule**](TcpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpRequestRule**](tcp_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateTCPResponseRule
-
-> TcpResponseRule CreateTCPResponseRule(ctx, backend, tcpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Add a new TCP Response Rule
-
-Adds a new TCP Response Rule of the specified type in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
-**tcpResponseRule** | [**TcpResponseRule**](TcpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpResponseRule**](tcp_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteAcl
-
-> DeleteAcl(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a ACL line
-
-Deletes a ACL line configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| ACL line ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteFilter
-
-> DeleteFilter(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a Filter
-
-Deletes a Filter configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Filter ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteHTTPRequestRule
-
-> DeleteHTTPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a HTTP Request Rule
-
-Deletes a HTTP Request Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteHTTPResponseRule
-
-> DeleteHTTPResponseRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a HTTP Response Rule
-
-Deletes a HTTP Response Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Response Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteLogTarget
-
-> DeleteLogTarget(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a Log Target
-
-Deletes a Log Target configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Log Target ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteServer
-
-> DeleteServer(ctx, name, backend, optional)
-
-Delete a server
-
-Deletes a server configuration by it's name in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Server name | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteServerOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteServerOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteServerSwitchingRule
-
-> DeleteServerSwitchingRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Delete a Server Switching Rule
-
-Deletes a Server Switching Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteServerSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteServerSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteStickRule
-
-> DeleteStickRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Delete a Stick Rule
-
-Deletes a Stick Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Stick Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteStickRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteStickRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteTCPRequestRule
-
-> DeleteTCPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a TCP Request Rule
-
-Deletes a TCP Request Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteTCPResponseRule
-
-> DeleteTCPResponseRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Delete a TCP Response Rule
-
-Deletes a TCP Response Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Response Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetAcl
-
-> InlineResponse20031 GetAcl(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one ACL line
-
-Returns one ACL line configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| ACL line ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20031**](inline_response_200_31.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetAcls
-
-> InlineResponse20030 GetAcls(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all ACL lines
-
-Returns all ACL lines that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetAclsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetAclsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20030**](inline_response_200_30.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetFilter
-
-> InlineResponse20025 GetFilter(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one Filter
-
-Returns one Filter configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Filter ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20025**](inline_response_200_25.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetFilters
-
-> InlineResponse20024 GetFilters(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Filters
-
-Returns all Filters that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetFiltersOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetFiltersOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20024**](inline_response_200_24.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPRequestRule
-
-> InlineResponse20013 GetHTTPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one HTTP Request Rule
-
-Returns one HTTP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20013**](inline_response_200_13.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPRequestRules
-
-> InlineResponse20012 GetHTTPRequestRules(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all HTTP Request Rules
-
-Returns all HTTP Request Rules that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPRequestRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPRequestRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20012**](inline_response_200_12.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPResponseRule
-
-> InlineResponse20015 GetHTTPResponseRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one HTTP Response Rule
-
-Returns one HTTP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Response Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20015**](inline_response_200_15.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPResponseRules
-
-> InlineResponse20014 GetHTTPResponseRules(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all HTTP Response Rules
-
-Returns all HTTP Response Rules that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPResponseRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPResponseRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20014**](inline_response_200_14.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetLogTarget
-
-> InlineResponse20029 GetLogTarget(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one Log Target
-
-Returns one Log Target configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Log Target ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20029**](inline_response_200_29.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetLogTargets
-
-> InlineResponse20028 GetLogTargets(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Log Targets
-
-Returns all Log Targets that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetLogTargetsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetLogTargetsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20028**](inline_response_200_28.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetServer
-
-> InlineResponse20011 GetServer(ctx, name, backend, optional)
-
-Return one server
-
-Returns one server configuration by it's name in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Server name | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetServerOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetServerOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20011**](inline_response_200_11.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetServerSwitchingRule
-
-> InlineResponse20023 GetServerSwitchingRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Return one Server Switching Rule
-
-Returns one Server Switching Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetServerSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetServerSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20023**](inline_response_200_23.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetServerSwitchingRules
-
-> InlineResponse20022 GetServerSwitchingRules(ctx, backend, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Server Switching Rules
-
-Returns all Backend Switching Rules that are configured in specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetServerSwitchingRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetServerSwitchingRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20022**](inline_response_200_22.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetServers
-
-> InlineResponse20010 GetServers(ctx, backend, optional)
-
-Return an array of servers
-
-Returns an array of all servers that are configured in specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetServersOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetServersOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20010**](inline_response_200_10.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetStickRule
-
-> InlineResponse20027 GetStickRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Return one Stick Rule
-
-Returns one Stick Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Stick Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetStickRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetStickRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20027**](inline_response_200_27.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetStickRules
-
-> InlineResponse20026 GetStickRules(ctx, backend, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Stick Rules
-
-Returns all Stick Rules that are configured in specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetStickRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetStickRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20026**](inline_response_200_26.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPRequestRule
-
-> InlineResponse20017 GetTCPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one TCP Request Rule
-
-Returns one TCP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20017**](inline_response_200_17.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPRequestRules
-
-> InlineResponse20016 GetTCPRequestRules(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all TCP Request Rules
-
-Returns all TCP Request Rules that are configured in specified parent and parent type.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPRequestRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPRequestRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20016**](inline_response_200_16.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPResponseRule
-
-> InlineResponse20019 GetTCPResponseRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Return one TCP Response Rule
-
-Returns one TCP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Response Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20019**](inline_response_200_19.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPResponseRules
-
-> InlineResponse20018 GetTCPResponseRules(ctx, backend, optional)
-
-Return an array of all TCP Response Rules
-
-Returns all TCP Response Rules that are configured in specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPResponseRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPResponseRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20018**](inline_response_200_18.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceAcl
-
-> Acl ReplaceAcl(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, acl, optional)
-
-Replace a ACL line
-
-Replaces a ACL line configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| ACL line ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**acl** | [**Acl**](Acl.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Acl**](acl.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceFilter
-
-> Filter ReplaceFilter(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, filter, optional)
-
-Replace a Filter
-
-Replaces a Filter configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Filter ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**filter** | [**Filter**](Filter.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Filter**](filter.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceHTTPRequestRule
-
-> HttpRequestRule ReplaceHTTPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, httpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Replace a HTTP Request Rule
-
-Replaces a HTTP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpRequestRule** | [**HttpRequestRule**](HttpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpRequestRule**](http_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceHTTPResponseRule
-
-> HttpResponseRule ReplaceHTTPResponseRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, httpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Replace a HTTP Response Rule
-
-Replaces a HTTP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Response Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpResponseRule** | [**HttpResponseRule**](HttpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpResponseRule**](http_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceLogTarget
-
-> LogTarget ReplaceLogTarget(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, logTarget, optional)
-
-Replace a Log Target
-
-Replaces a Log Target configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Log Target ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**logTarget** | [**LogTarget**](LogTarget.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**LogTarget**](log_target.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceServer
-
-> Server ReplaceServer(ctx, name, backend, server, optional)
-
-Replace a server
-
-Replaces a server configuration by it's name in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Server name | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
-**server** | [**Server**](Server.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceServerOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceServerOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Server**](server.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceServerSwitchingRule
-
-> ServerSwitchingRule ReplaceServerSwitchingRule(ctx, id, backend, serverSwitchingRule, optional)
-
-Replace a Server Switching Rule
-
-Replaces a Server Switching Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
-**serverSwitchingRule** | [**ServerSwitchingRule**](ServerSwitchingRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceServerSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceServerSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**ServerSwitchingRule**](server_switching_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceStickRule
-
-> StickRule ReplaceStickRule(ctx, id, backend, stickRule, optional)
-
-Replace a Stick Rule
-
-Replaces a Stick Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Stick Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
-**stickRule** | [**StickRule**](StickRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceStickRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceStickRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**StickRule**](stick_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceTCPRequestRule
-
-> TcpRequestRule ReplaceTCPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, tcpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Replace a TCP Request Rule
-
-Replaces a TCP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**tcpRequestRule** | [**TcpRequestRule**](TcpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpRequestRule**](tcp_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceTCPResponseRule
-
-> TcpResponseRule ReplaceTCPResponseRule(ctx, id, backend, tcpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Replace a TCP Response Rule
-
-Replaces a TCP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Response Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
-**tcpResponseRule** | [**TcpResponseRule**](TcpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpResponseRule**](tcp_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendStickTable.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendStickTable.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a4e34f1b63..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendStickTable.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-# BackendStickTable
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Expire** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Keylen** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Nopurge** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**Peers** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Size** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Store** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Type** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendSwitchingRule.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendSwitchingRule.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 83f3d9593a..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendSwitchingRule.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-# BackendSwitchingRule
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Cond** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**CondTest** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Id** | Pointer to **int32** |  | 
-**Name** | **string** |  | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendSwitchingRuleApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendSwitchingRuleApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4cc5bf27ef..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BackendSwitchingRuleApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-# \BackendSwitchingRuleApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateBackendSwitchingRule**](BackendSwitchingRuleApi.md#CreateBackendSwitchingRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules | Add a new Backend Switching Rule
-[**DeleteBackendSwitchingRule**](BackendSwitchingRuleApi.md#DeleteBackendSwitchingRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Delete a Backend Switching Rule
-[**GetBackendSwitchingRule**](BackendSwitchingRuleApi.md#GetBackendSwitchingRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Return one Backend Switching Rule
-[**GetBackendSwitchingRules**](BackendSwitchingRuleApi.md#GetBackendSwitchingRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules | Return an array of all Backend Switching Rules
-[**ReplaceBackendSwitchingRule**](BackendSwitchingRuleApi.md#ReplaceBackendSwitchingRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Replace a Backend Switching Rule
-
-
-
-## CreateBackendSwitchingRule
-
-> BackendSwitchingRule CreateBackendSwitchingRule(ctx, frontend, backendSwitchingRule, optional)
-
-Add a new Backend Switching Rule
-
-Adds a new Backend Switching Rule of the specified type in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**frontend** | **string**| Frontend name | 
-**backendSwitchingRule** | [**BackendSwitchingRule**](BackendSwitchingRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateBackendSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateBackendSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**BackendSwitchingRule**](backend_switching_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteBackendSwitchingRule
-
-> DeleteBackendSwitchingRule(ctx, id, frontend, optional)
-
-Delete a Backend Switching Rule
-
-Deletes a Backend Switching Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteBackendSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteBackendSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBackendSwitchingRule
-
-> InlineResponse20021 GetBackendSwitchingRule(ctx, id, frontend, optional)
-
-Return one Backend Switching Rule
-
-Returns one Backend Switching Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetBackendSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBackendSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20021**](inline_response_200_21.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBackendSwitchingRules
-
-> InlineResponse20020 GetBackendSwitchingRules(ctx, frontend, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Backend Switching Rules
-
-Returns all Backend Switching Rules that are configured in specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**frontend** | **string**| Frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetBackendSwitchingRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBackendSwitchingRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20020**](inline_response_200_20.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceBackendSwitchingRule
-
-> BackendSwitchingRule ReplaceBackendSwitchingRule(ctx, id, frontend, backendSwitchingRule, optional)
-
-Replace a Backend Switching Rule
-
-Replaces a Backend Switching Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Frontend name | 
-**backendSwitchingRule** | [**BackendSwitchingRule**](BackendSwitchingRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceBackendSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceBackendSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**BackendSwitchingRule**](backend_switching_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Balance.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Balance.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 68011bb19a..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Balance.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# Balance
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Algorithm** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Arguments** | **[]string** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Bind.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Bind.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f61a4317b5..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Bind.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-# Bind
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**AcceptProxy** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**Address** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Alpn** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Name** | **string** |  | 
-**Port** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Process** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Ssl** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**SslCafile** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**SslCertificate** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**TcpUserTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Transparent** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**V4v6** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**Verify** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BindApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BindApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bf37f6969e..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/BindApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-# \BindApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateBind**](BindApi.md#CreateBind) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds | Add a new bind
-[**DeleteBind**](BindApi.md#DeleteBind) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Delete a bind
-[**GetBind**](BindApi.md#GetBind) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Return one bind
-[**GetBinds**](BindApi.md#GetBinds) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds | Return an array of binds
-[**ReplaceBind**](BindApi.md#ReplaceBind) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Replace a bind
-
-
-
-## CreateBind
-
-> Bind CreateBind(ctx, frontend, bind, optional)
-
-Add a new bind
-
-Adds a new bind in the specified frontend in the configuration file.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**frontend** | **string**| Parent frontend name | 
-**bind** | [**Bind**](Bind.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateBindOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateBindOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Bind**](bind.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteBind
-
-> DeleteBind(ctx, name, frontend, optional)
-
-Delete a bind
-
-Deletes a bind configuration by it's name in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Bind name | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Parent frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteBindOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteBindOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBind
-
-> InlineResponse2009 GetBind(ctx, name, frontend, optional)
-
-Return one bind
-
-Returns one bind configuration by it's name in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Bind name | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Parent frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetBindOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBindOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2009**](inline_response_200_9.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBinds
-
-> InlineResponse2008 GetBinds(ctx, frontend, optional)
-
-Return an array of binds
-
-Returns an array of all binds that are configured in specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**frontend** | **string**| Parent frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetBindsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBindsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2008**](inline_response_200_8.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceBind
-
-> Bind ReplaceBind(ctx, name, frontend, bind, optional)
-
-Replace a bind
-
-Replaces a bind configuration by it's name in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Bind name | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Parent frontend name | 
-**bind** | [**Bind**](Bind.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceBindOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceBindOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Bind**](bind.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ConfigurationApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ConfigurationApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6041a3940a..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ConfigurationApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-# \ConfigurationApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**GetHAProxyConfiguration**](ConfigurationApi.md#GetHAProxyConfiguration) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/raw | Return HAProxy configuration
-[**PostHAProxyConfiguration**](ConfigurationApi.md#PostHAProxyConfiguration) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/raw | Push new haproxy configuration
-
-
-
-## GetHAProxyConfiguration
-
-> InlineResponse20032 GetHAProxyConfiguration(ctx, optional)
-
-Return HAProxy configuration
-
-Returns HAProxy configuration file in plain text
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
- **optional** | ***GetHAProxyConfigurationOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHAProxyConfigurationOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20032**](inline_response_200_32.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: text/plain, application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## PostHAProxyConfiguration
-
-> string PostHAProxyConfiguration(ctx, body, optional)
-
-Push new haproxy configuration
-
-Push a new haproxy configuration file in plain text
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**body** | **string**|  | 
- **optional** | ***PostHAProxyConfigurationOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a PostHAProxyConfigurationOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-**string**
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: text/plain
-- **Accept**: text/plain, application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/DefaultServer.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/DefaultServer.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e0d0c29dd4..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/DefaultServer.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-# DefaultServer
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Fall** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Inter** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Port** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Rise** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Defaults.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Defaults.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 81efab9a5b..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Defaults.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-# Defaults
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**AdvCheck** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Balance** | [**Balance**](balance.md) |  | [optional] 
-**CheckTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Clflog** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**ClientTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Clitcpka** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**ConnectTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Contstats** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Cookie** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**DefaultBackend** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**DefaultServer** | [**DefaultServer**](default_server.md) |  | [optional] 
-**Dontlognull** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**ErrorFiles** | [**[]Errorfile**](errorfile.md) |  | [optional] 
-**ExternalCheck** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**ExternalCheckCommand** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**ExternalCheckPath** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Forwardfor** | [**Forwardfor**](forwardfor.md) |  | [optional] 
-**HttpUseHtx** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**HttpConnectionMode** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**HttpKeepAliveTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**HttpPretendKeepalive** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**HttpRequestTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Httpchk** | [**Httpchk**](httpchk.md) |  | [optional] 
-**Httplog** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**LogFormat** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**LogFormatSd** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**LogSeparateErrors** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**LogTag** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Maxconn** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Mode** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**QueueTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Redispatch** | [**Redispatch**](redispatch.md) |  | [optional] 
-**Retries** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**ServerTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Tcplog** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/DefaultsApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/DefaultsApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 71648a3b81..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/DefaultsApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-# \DefaultsApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**GetDefaults**](DefaultsApi.md#GetDefaults) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/defaults | Return defaults part of configuration
-[**ReplaceDefaults**](DefaultsApi.md#ReplaceDefaults) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/defaults | Replace defaults
-
-
-
-## GetDefaults
-
-> InlineResponse2003 GetDefaults(ctx, optional)
-
-Return defaults part of configuration
-
-Returns defaults part of configuration.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
- **optional** | ***GetDefaultsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetDefaultsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2003**](inline_response_200_3.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceDefaults
-
-> Defaults ReplaceDefaults(ctx, defaults, optional)
-
-Replace defaults
-
-Replace defaults part of config
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**defaults** | [**Defaults**](Defaults.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceDefaultsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceDefaultsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Defaults**](defaults.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/DiscoveryApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/DiscoveryApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4cd943b453..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/DiscoveryApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-# \DiscoveryApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**GetAPIEndpoints**](DiscoveryApi.md#GetAPIEndpoints) | **Get** / | Return list of root endpoints
-[**GetConfigurationEndpoints**](DiscoveryApi.md#GetConfigurationEndpoints) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration | Return list of HAProxy advanced configuration endpoints
-[**GetHaproxyEndpoints**](DiscoveryApi.md#GetHaproxyEndpoints) | **Get** /services/haproxy | Return list of HAProxy related endpoints
-[**GetServicesEndpoints**](DiscoveryApi.md#GetServicesEndpoints) | **Get** /services | Return list of service endpoints
-[**GetStatsEndpoints**](DiscoveryApi.md#GetStatsEndpoints) | **Get** /services/haproxy/stats | Return list of HAProxy stats endpoints
-
-
-
-## GetAPIEndpoints
-
-> []Endpoint GetAPIEndpoints(ctx, )
-
-Return list of root endpoints
-
-Returns a list of root endpoints.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-This endpoint does not need any parameter.
-
-### Return type
-
-[**[]Endpoint**](endpoint.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetConfigurationEndpoints
-
-> []Endpoint GetConfigurationEndpoints(ctx, )
-
-Return list of HAProxy advanced configuration endpoints
-
-Returns a list of endpoints to be used for advanced configuration of HAProxy objects.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-This endpoint does not need any parameter.
-
-### Return type
-
-[**[]Endpoint**](endpoint.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHaproxyEndpoints
-
-> []Endpoint GetHaproxyEndpoints(ctx, )
-
-Return list of HAProxy related endpoints
-
-Returns a list of HAProxy related endpoints.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-This endpoint does not need any parameter.
-
-### Return type
-
-[**[]Endpoint**](endpoint.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetServicesEndpoints
-
-> []Endpoint GetServicesEndpoints(ctx, )
-
-Return list of service endpoints
-
-Returns a list of API managed services endpoints.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-This endpoint does not need any parameter.
-
-### Return type
-
-[**[]Endpoint**](endpoint.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetStatsEndpoints
-
-> []Endpoint GetStatsEndpoints(ctx, )
-
-Return list of HAProxy stats endpoints
-
-Returns a list of HAProxy stats endpoints.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-This endpoint does not need any parameter.
-
-### Return type
-
-[**[]Endpoint**](endpoint.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Endpoint.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Endpoint.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 01ccfdb2be..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Endpoint.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-# Endpoint
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Description** | **string** | Endpoint description | [optional] 
-**Title** | **string** | Endpoint title | [optional] 
-**Url** | **string** | Path to the endpoint | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Errorfile.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Errorfile.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e2108f5c05..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Errorfile.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# Errorfile
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Code** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**File** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Filter.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Filter.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3db358aca3..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Filter.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-# Filter
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**CacheName** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Id** | Pointer to **int32** |  | 
-**SpoeConfig** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**SpoeEngine** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**TraceHexdump** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**TraceName** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**TraceRndForwarding** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**TraceRndParsing** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**Type** | **string** |  | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/FilterApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/FilterApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 64df051351..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/FilterApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-# \FilterApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateFilter**](FilterApi.md#CreateFilter) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Add a new Filter
-[**DeleteFilter**](FilterApi.md#DeleteFilter) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Delete a Filter
-[**GetFilter**](FilterApi.md#GetFilter) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Return one Filter
-[**GetFilters**](FilterApi.md#GetFilters) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Return an array of all Filters
-[**ReplaceFilter**](FilterApi.md#ReplaceFilter) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Replace a Filter
-
-
-
-## CreateFilter
-
-> Filter CreateFilter(ctx, parentName, parentType, filter, optional)
-
-Add a new Filter
-
-Adds a new Filter of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**filter** | [**Filter**](Filter.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Filter**](filter.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteFilter
-
-> DeleteFilter(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a Filter
-
-Deletes a Filter configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Filter ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetFilter
-
-> InlineResponse20025 GetFilter(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one Filter
-
-Returns one Filter configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Filter ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20025**](inline_response_200_25.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetFilters
-
-> InlineResponse20024 GetFilters(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Filters
-
-Returns all Filters that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetFiltersOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetFiltersOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20024**](inline_response_200_24.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceFilter
-
-> Filter ReplaceFilter(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, filter, optional)
-
-Replace a Filter
-
-Replaces a Filter configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Filter ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**filter** | [**Filter**](Filter.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Filter**](filter.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Forwardfor.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Forwardfor.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 321b16e519..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Forwardfor.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-# Forwardfor
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Enabled** | **string** |  | 
-**Except** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Header** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Ifnone** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Frontend.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Frontend.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d0b70389e..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Frontend.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-# Frontend
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Clflog** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**ClientTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Clitcpka** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Contstats** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**DefaultBackend** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Dontlognull** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Forwardfor** | [**Forwardfor**](forwardfor.md) |  | [optional] 
-**HttpUseHtx** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**HttpConnectionMode** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**HttpKeepAliveTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**HttpRequestTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Httplog** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**LogFormat** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**LogFormatSd** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**LogSeparateErrors** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**LogTag** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Maxconn** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Mode** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Name** | **string** |  | 
-**Tcplog** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/FrontendApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/FrontendApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f891a91f5..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/FrontendApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
-# \FrontendApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateFrontend**](FrontendApi.md#CreateFrontend) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends | Add a frontend
-[**DeleteFrontend**](FrontendApi.md#DeleteFrontend) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends/{name} | Delete a frontend
-[**GetFrontend**](FrontendApi.md#GetFrontend) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends/{name} | Return a frontend
-[**GetFrontends**](FrontendApi.md#GetFrontends) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends | Return an array of frontends
-[**ReplaceFrontend**](FrontendApi.md#ReplaceFrontend) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends/{name} | Replace a frontend
-
-
-
-## CreateFrontend
-
-> Frontend CreateFrontend(ctx, frontend, optional)
-
-Add a frontend
-
-Adds a new frontend to the configuration file.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**frontend** | [**Frontend**](Frontend.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateFrontendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateFrontendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Frontend**](frontend.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteFrontend
-
-> DeleteFrontend(ctx, name, optional)
-
-Delete a frontend
-
-Deletes a frontend from the configuration by it's name.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteFrontendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteFrontendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetFrontend
-
-> InlineResponse2005 GetFrontend(ctx, name, optional)
-
-Return a frontend
-
-Returns one frontend configuration by it's name.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetFrontendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetFrontendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2005**](inline_response_200_5.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetFrontends
-
-> InlineResponse2004 GetFrontends(ctx, optional)
-
-Return an array of frontends
-
-Returns an array of all configured frontends.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
- **optional** | ***GetFrontendsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetFrontendsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2004**](inline_response_200_4.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceFrontend
-
-> Frontend ReplaceFrontend(ctx, name, frontend, optional)
-
-Replace a frontend
-
-Replaces a frontend configuration by it's name.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Frontend name | 
-**frontend** | [**Frontend**](Frontend.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceFrontendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceFrontendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Frontend**](frontend.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index edb93ccebd..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/FrontendOptionsApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2282 +0,0 @@
-# \FrontendOptionsApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateAcl**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#CreateAcl) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Add a new ACL line
-[**CreateBackendSwitchingRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#CreateBackendSwitchingRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules | Add a new Backend Switching Rule
-[**CreateBind**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#CreateBind) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds | Add a new bind
-[**CreateFilter**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#CreateFilter) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Add a new Filter
-[**CreateHTTPRequestRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#CreateHTTPRequestRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Add a new HTTP Request Rule
-[**CreateHTTPResponseRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#CreateHTTPResponseRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Add a new HTTP Response Rule
-[**CreateLogTarget**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#CreateLogTarget) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Add a new Log Target
-[**CreateTCPRequestRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#CreateTCPRequestRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Add a new TCP Request Rule
-[**CreateTCPResponseRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#CreateTCPResponseRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Add a new TCP Response Rule
-[**DeleteAcl**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#DeleteAcl) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Delete a ACL line
-[**DeleteBackendSwitchingRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#DeleteBackendSwitchingRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Delete a Backend Switching Rule
-[**DeleteBind**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#DeleteBind) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Delete a bind
-[**DeleteFilter**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#DeleteFilter) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Delete a Filter
-[**DeleteHTTPRequestRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#DeleteHTTPRequestRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Request Rule
-[**DeleteHTTPResponseRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#DeleteHTTPResponseRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Response Rule
-[**DeleteLogTarget**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#DeleteLogTarget) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Delete a Log Target
-[**DeleteTCPRequestRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#DeleteTCPRequestRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Request Rule
-[**DeleteTCPResponseRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#DeleteTCPResponseRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Response Rule
-[**GetAcl**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetAcl) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Return one ACL line
-[**GetAcls**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetAcls) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Return an array of all ACL lines
-[**GetBackendSwitchingRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetBackendSwitchingRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Return one Backend Switching Rule
-[**GetBackendSwitchingRules**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetBackendSwitchingRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules | Return an array of all Backend Switching Rules
-[**GetBind**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetBind) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Return one bind
-[**GetBinds**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetBinds) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds | Return an array of binds
-[**GetFilter**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetFilter) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Return one Filter
-[**GetFilters**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetFilters) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Return an array of all Filters
-[**GetHTTPRequestRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetHTTPRequestRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Request Rule
-[**GetHTTPRequestRules**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetHTTPRequestRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Request Rules
-[**GetHTTPResponseRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetHTTPResponseRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Response Rule
-[**GetHTTPResponseRules**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetHTTPResponseRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Response Rules
-[**GetLogTarget**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetLogTarget) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Return one Log Target
-[**GetLogTargets**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetLogTargets) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Return an array of all Log Targets
-[**GetTCPRequestRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetTCPRequestRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Request Rule
-[**GetTCPRequestRules**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetTCPRequestRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Return an array of all TCP Request Rules
-[**GetTCPResponseRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetTCPResponseRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Response Rule
-[**GetTCPResponseRules**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#GetTCPResponseRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Return an array of all TCP Response Rules
-[**ReplaceAcl**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceAcl) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Replace a ACL line
-[**ReplaceBackendSwitchingRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceBackendSwitchingRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Replace a Backend Switching Rule
-[**ReplaceBind**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceBind) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Replace a bind
-[**ReplaceFilter**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceFilter) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Replace a Filter
-[**ReplaceHTTPRequestRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceHTTPRequestRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Request Rule
-[**ReplaceHTTPResponseRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceHTTPResponseRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Response Rule
-[**ReplaceLogTarget**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceLogTarget) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Replace a Log Target
-[**ReplaceTCPRequestRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceTCPRequestRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Request Rule
-[**ReplaceTCPResponseRule**](FrontendOptionsApi.md#ReplaceTCPResponseRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Response Rule
-
-
-
-## CreateAcl
-
-> Acl CreateAcl(ctx, parentName, parentType, acl, optional)
-
-Add a new ACL line
-
-Adds a new ACL line of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**acl** | [**Acl**](Acl.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Acl**](acl.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateBackendSwitchingRule
-
-> BackendSwitchingRule CreateBackendSwitchingRule(ctx, frontend, backendSwitchingRule, optional)
-
-Add a new Backend Switching Rule
-
-Adds a new Backend Switching Rule of the specified type in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**frontend** | **string**| Frontend name | 
-**backendSwitchingRule** | [**BackendSwitchingRule**](BackendSwitchingRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateBackendSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateBackendSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**BackendSwitchingRule**](backend_switching_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateBind
-
-> Bind CreateBind(ctx, frontend, bind, optional)
-
-Add a new bind
-
-Adds a new bind in the specified frontend in the configuration file.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**frontend** | **string**| Parent frontend name | 
-**bind** | [**Bind**](Bind.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateBindOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateBindOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Bind**](bind.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateFilter
-
-> Filter CreateFilter(ctx, parentName, parentType, filter, optional)
-
-Add a new Filter
-
-Adds a new Filter of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**filter** | [**Filter**](Filter.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Filter**](filter.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateHTTPRequestRule
-
-> HttpRequestRule CreateHTTPRequestRule(ctx, parentName, parentType, httpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Add a new HTTP Request Rule
-
-Adds a new HTTP Request Rule of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpRequestRule** | [**HttpRequestRule**](HttpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpRequestRule**](http_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateHTTPResponseRule
-
-> HttpResponseRule CreateHTTPResponseRule(ctx, parentName, parentType, httpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Add a new HTTP Response Rule
-
-Adds a new HTTP Response Rule of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpResponseRule** | [**HttpResponseRule**](HttpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpResponseRule**](http_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateLogTarget
-
-> LogTarget CreateLogTarget(ctx, parentName, parentType, logTarget, optional)
-
-Add a new Log Target
-
-Adds a new Log Target of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**logTarget** | [**LogTarget**](LogTarget.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**LogTarget**](log_target.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateTCPRequestRule
-
-> TcpRequestRule CreateTCPRequestRule(ctx, parentName, parentType, tcpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Add a new TCP Request Rule
-
-Adds a new TCP Request Rule of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**tcpRequestRule** | [**TcpRequestRule**](TcpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpRequestRule**](tcp_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateTCPResponseRule
-
-> TcpResponseRule CreateTCPResponseRule(ctx, backend, tcpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Add a new TCP Response Rule
-
-Adds a new TCP Response Rule of the specified type in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
-**tcpResponseRule** | [**TcpResponseRule**](TcpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpResponseRule**](tcp_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteAcl
-
-> DeleteAcl(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a ACL line
-
-Deletes a ACL line configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| ACL line ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteBackendSwitchingRule
-
-> DeleteBackendSwitchingRule(ctx, id, frontend, optional)
-
-Delete a Backend Switching Rule
-
-Deletes a Backend Switching Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteBackendSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteBackendSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteBind
-
-> DeleteBind(ctx, name, frontend, optional)
-
-Delete a bind
-
-Deletes a bind configuration by it's name in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Bind name | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Parent frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteBindOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteBindOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteFilter
-
-> DeleteFilter(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a Filter
-
-Deletes a Filter configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Filter ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteHTTPRequestRule
-
-> DeleteHTTPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a HTTP Request Rule
-
-Deletes a HTTP Request Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteHTTPResponseRule
-
-> DeleteHTTPResponseRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a HTTP Response Rule
-
-Deletes a HTTP Response Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Response Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteLogTarget
-
-> DeleteLogTarget(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a Log Target
-
-Deletes a Log Target configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Log Target ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteTCPRequestRule
-
-> DeleteTCPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a TCP Request Rule
-
-Deletes a TCP Request Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteTCPResponseRule
-
-> DeleteTCPResponseRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Delete a TCP Response Rule
-
-Deletes a TCP Response Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Response Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetAcl
-
-> InlineResponse20031 GetAcl(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one ACL line
-
-Returns one ACL line configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| ACL line ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20031**](inline_response_200_31.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetAcls
-
-> InlineResponse20030 GetAcls(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all ACL lines
-
-Returns all ACL lines that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetAclsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetAclsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20030**](inline_response_200_30.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBackendSwitchingRule
-
-> InlineResponse20021 GetBackendSwitchingRule(ctx, id, frontend, optional)
-
-Return one Backend Switching Rule
-
-Returns one Backend Switching Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetBackendSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBackendSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20021**](inline_response_200_21.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBackendSwitchingRules
-
-> InlineResponse20020 GetBackendSwitchingRules(ctx, frontend, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Backend Switching Rules
-
-Returns all Backend Switching Rules that are configured in specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**frontend** | **string**| Frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetBackendSwitchingRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBackendSwitchingRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20020**](inline_response_200_20.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBind
-
-> InlineResponse2009 GetBind(ctx, name, frontend, optional)
-
-Return one bind
-
-Returns one bind configuration by it's name in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Bind name | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Parent frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetBindOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBindOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2009**](inline_response_200_9.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBinds
-
-> InlineResponse2008 GetBinds(ctx, frontend, optional)
-
-Return an array of binds
-
-Returns an array of all binds that are configured in specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**frontend** | **string**| Parent frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetBindsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBindsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2008**](inline_response_200_8.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetFilter
-
-> InlineResponse20025 GetFilter(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one Filter
-
-Returns one Filter configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Filter ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20025**](inline_response_200_25.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetFilters
-
-> InlineResponse20024 GetFilters(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Filters
-
-Returns all Filters that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetFiltersOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetFiltersOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20024**](inline_response_200_24.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPRequestRule
-
-> InlineResponse20013 GetHTTPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one HTTP Request Rule
-
-Returns one HTTP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20013**](inline_response_200_13.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPRequestRules
-
-> InlineResponse20012 GetHTTPRequestRules(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all HTTP Request Rules
-
-Returns all HTTP Request Rules that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPRequestRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPRequestRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20012**](inline_response_200_12.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPResponseRule
-
-> InlineResponse20015 GetHTTPResponseRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one HTTP Response Rule
-
-Returns one HTTP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Response Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20015**](inline_response_200_15.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPResponseRules
-
-> InlineResponse20014 GetHTTPResponseRules(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all HTTP Response Rules
-
-Returns all HTTP Response Rules that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPResponseRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPResponseRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20014**](inline_response_200_14.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetLogTarget
-
-> InlineResponse20029 GetLogTarget(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one Log Target
-
-Returns one Log Target configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Log Target ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20029**](inline_response_200_29.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetLogTargets
-
-> InlineResponse20028 GetLogTargets(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Log Targets
-
-Returns all Log Targets that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetLogTargetsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetLogTargetsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20028**](inline_response_200_28.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPRequestRule
-
-> InlineResponse20017 GetTCPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one TCP Request Rule
-
-Returns one TCP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20017**](inline_response_200_17.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPRequestRules
-
-> InlineResponse20016 GetTCPRequestRules(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all TCP Request Rules
-
-Returns all TCP Request Rules that are configured in specified parent and parent type.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPRequestRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPRequestRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20016**](inline_response_200_16.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPResponseRule
-
-> InlineResponse20019 GetTCPResponseRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Return one TCP Response Rule
-
-Returns one TCP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Response Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20019**](inline_response_200_19.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPResponseRules
-
-> InlineResponse20018 GetTCPResponseRules(ctx, backend, optional)
-
-Return an array of all TCP Response Rules
-
-Returns all TCP Response Rules that are configured in specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPResponseRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPResponseRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20018**](inline_response_200_18.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceAcl
-
-> Acl ReplaceAcl(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, acl, optional)
-
-Replace a ACL line
-
-Replaces a ACL line configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| ACL line ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**acl** | [**Acl**](Acl.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Acl**](acl.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceBackendSwitchingRule
-
-> BackendSwitchingRule ReplaceBackendSwitchingRule(ctx, id, frontend, backendSwitchingRule, optional)
-
-Replace a Backend Switching Rule
-
-Replaces a Backend Switching Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Frontend name | 
-**backendSwitchingRule** | [**BackendSwitchingRule**](BackendSwitchingRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceBackendSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceBackendSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**BackendSwitchingRule**](backend_switching_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceBind
-
-> Bind ReplaceBind(ctx, name, frontend, bind, optional)
-
-Replace a bind
-
-Replaces a bind configuration by it's name in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Bind name | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Parent frontend name | 
-**bind** | [**Bind**](Bind.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceBindOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceBindOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Bind**](bind.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceFilter
-
-> Filter ReplaceFilter(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, filter, optional)
-
-Replace a Filter
-
-Replaces a Filter configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Filter ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**filter** | [**Filter**](Filter.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Filter**](filter.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceHTTPRequestRule
-
-> HttpRequestRule ReplaceHTTPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, httpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Replace a HTTP Request Rule
-
-Replaces a HTTP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpRequestRule** | [**HttpRequestRule**](HttpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpRequestRule**](http_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceHTTPResponseRule
-
-> HttpResponseRule ReplaceHTTPResponseRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, httpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Replace a HTTP Response Rule
-
-Replaces a HTTP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Response Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpResponseRule** | [**HttpResponseRule**](HttpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpResponseRule**](http_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceLogTarget
-
-> LogTarget ReplaceLogTarget(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, logTarget, optional)
-
-Replace a Log Target
-
-Replaces a Log Target configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Log Target ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**logTarget** | [**LogTarget**](LogTarget.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**LogTarget**](log_target.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceTCPRequestRule
-
-> TcpRequestRule ReplaceTCPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, tcpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Replace a TCP Request Rule
-
-Replaces a TCP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**tcpRequestRule** | [**TcpRequestRule**](TcpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpRequestRule**](tcp_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceTCPResponseRule
-
-> TcpResponseRule ReplaceTCPResponseRule(ctx, id, backend, tcpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Replace a TCP Response Rule
-
-Replaces a TCP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Response Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
-**tcpResponseRule** | [**TcpResponseRule**](TcpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpResponseRule**](tcp_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Global.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Global.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d1f0fffca0..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Global.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-# Global
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**CpuMaps** | [**[]GlobalCpuMaps**](global_cpu_maps.md) |  | [optional] 
-**Daemon** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**ExternalCheck** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**MasterWorker** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**Maxconn** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Nbproc** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Nbthread** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Pidfile** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**RuntimeApis** | [**[]GlobalRuntimeApis**](global_runtime_apis.md) |  | [optional] 
-**SslDefaultBindCiphers** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**SslDefaultBindOptions** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**StatsTimeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**TuneSslDefaultDhParam** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/GlobalApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/GlobalApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ae5f57d71..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/GlobalApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-# \GlobalApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**GetGlobal**](GlobalApi.md#GetGlobal) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/global | Return a global part of configuration
-[**ReplaceGlobal**](GlobalApi.md#ReplaceGlobal) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/global | Replace global
-
-
-
-## GetGlobal
-
-> InlineResponse2002 GetGlobal(ctx, optional)
-
-Return a global part of configuration
-
-Returns global part of configuration.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
- **optional** | ***GetGlobalOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetGlobalOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2002**](inline_response_200_2.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceGlobal
-
-> Global ReplaceGlobal(ctx, global, optional)
-
-Replace global
-
-Replace global part of config
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**global** | [**Global**](Global.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceGlobalOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceGlobalOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Global**](global.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/GlobalCpuMaps.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/GlobalCpuMaps.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b05c1e48d9..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/GlobalCpuMaps.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# GlobalCpuMaps
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**CpuSet** | **string** |  | 
-**Process** | **string** |  | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/GlobalRuntimeApis.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/GlobalRuntimeApis.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 28ecc8c757..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/GlobalRuntimeApis.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-# GlobalRuntimeApis
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Address** | **string** |  | 
-**ExposeFdListeners** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**Level** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Mode** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Process** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 71305ee565..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3768 +0,0 @@
-# \HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateAcl**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#CreateAcl) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Add a new ACL line
-[**CreateBackend**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#CreateBackend) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends | Add a backend
-[**CreateBackendSwitchingRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#CreateBackendSwitchingRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules | Add a new Backend Switching Rule
-[**CreateBind**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#CreateBind) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds | Add a new bind
-[**CreateFilter**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#CreateFilter) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Add a new Filter
-[**CreateFrontend**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#CreateFrontend) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends | Add a frontend
-[**CreateHTTPRequestRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#CreateHTTPRequestRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Add a new HTTP Request Rule
-[**CreateHTTPResponseRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#CreateHTTPResponseRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Add a new HTTP Response Rule
-[**CreateLogTarget**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#CreateLogTarget) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Add a new Log Target
-[**CreateServer**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#CreateServer) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers | Add a new server
-[**CreateServerSwitchingRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#CreateServerSwitchingRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules | Add a new Server Switching Rule
-[**CreateStickRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#CreateStickRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules | Add a new Stick Rule
-[**CreateTCPRequestRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#CreateTCPRequestRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Add a new TCP Request Rule
-[**CreateTCPResponseRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#CreateTCPResponseRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Add a new TCP Response Rule
-[**DeleteAcl**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#DeleteAcl) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Delete a ACL line
-[**DeleteBackend**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#DeleteBackend) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends/{name} | Delete a backend
-[**DeleteBackendSwitchingRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#DeleteBackendSwitchingRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Delete a Backend Switching Rule
-[**DeleteBind**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#DeleteBind) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Delete a bind
-[**DeleteFilter**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#DeleteFilter) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Delete a Filter
-[**DeleteFrontend**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#DeleteFrontend) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends/{name} | Delete a frontend
-[**DeleteHTTPRequestRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#DeleteHTTPRequestRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Request Rule
-[**DeleteHTTPResponseRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#DeleteHTTPResponseRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Response Rule
-[**DeleteLogTarget**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#DeleteLogTarget) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Delete a Log Target
-[**DeleteServer**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#DeleteServer) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Delete a server
-[**DeleteServerSwitchingRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#DeleteServerSwitchingRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Delete a Server Switching Rule
-[**DeleteStickRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#DeleteStickRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Delete a Stick Rule
-[**DeleteTCPRequestRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#DeleteTCPRequestRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Request Rule
-[**DeleteTCPResponseRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#DeleteTCPResponseRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Response Rule
-[**GetAcl**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetAcl) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Return one ACL line
-[**GetAcls**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetAcls) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls | Return an array of all ACL lines
-[**GetBackend**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetBackend) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends/{name} | Return a backend
-[**GetBackendSwitchingRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetBackendSwitchingRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Return one Backend Switching Rule
-[**GetBackendSwitchingRules**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetBackendSwitchingRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules | Return an array of all Backend Switching Rules
-[**GetBackends**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetBackends) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends | Return an array of backends
-[**GetBind**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetBind) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Return one bind
-[**GetBinds**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetBinds) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds | Return an array of binds
-[**GetDefaults**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetDefaults) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/defaults | Return defaults part of configuration
-[**GetFilter**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetFilter) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Return one Filter
-[**GetFilters**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetFilters) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters | Return an array of all Filters
-[**GetFrontend**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetFrontend) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends/{name} | Return a frontend
-[**GetFrontends**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetFrontends) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends | Return an array of frontends
-[**GetGlobal**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetGlobal) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/global | Return a global part of configuration
-[**GetHAProxyConfiguration**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetHAProxyConfiguration) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/raw | Return HAProxy configuration
-[**GetHTTPRequestRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetHTTPRequestRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Request Rule
-[**GetHTTPRequestRules**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetHTTPRequestRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Request Rules
-[**GetHTTPResponseRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetHTTPResponseRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Response Rule
-[**GetHTTPResponseRules**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetHTTPResponseRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Response Rules
-[**GetLogTarget**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetLogTarget) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Return one Log Target
-[**GetLogTargets**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetLogTargets) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Return an array of all Log Targets
-[**GetServer**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetServer) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Return one server
-[**GetServerSwitchingRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetServerSwitchingRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Return one Server Switching Rule
-[**GetServerSwitchingRules**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetServerSwitchingRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules | Return an array of all Server Switching Rules
-[**GetServers**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetServers) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers | Return an array of servers
-[**GetStickRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetStickRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Return one Stick Rule
-[**GetStickRules**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetStickRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules | Return an array of all Stick Rules
-[**GetTCPRequestRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetTCPRequestRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Request Rule
-[**GetTCPRequestRules**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetTCPRequestRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Return an array of all TCP Request Rules
-[**GetTCPResponseRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetTCPResponseRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Response Rule
-[**GetTCPResponseRules**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#GetTCPResponseRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Return an array of all TCP Response Rules
-[**PostHAProxyConfiguration**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#PostHAProxyConfiguration) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/raw | Push new haproxy configuration
-[**ReplaceAcl**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceAcl) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/acls/{id} | Replace a ACL line
-[**ReplaceBackend**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceBackend) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/backends/{name} | Replace a backend
-[**ReplaceBackendSwitchingRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceBackendSwitchingRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/backend_switching_rules/{id} | Replace a Backend Switching Rule
-[**ReplaceBind**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceBind) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/binds/{name} | Replace a bind
-[**ReplaceDefaults**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceDefaults) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/defaults | Replace defaults
-[**ReplaceFilter**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceFilter) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/filters/{id} | Replace a Filter
-[**ReplaceFrontend**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceFrontend) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/frontends/{name} | Replace a frontend
-[**ReplaceGlobal**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceGlobal) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/global | Replace global
-[**ReplaceHTTPRequestRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceHTTPRequestRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Request Rule
-[**ReplaceHTTPResponseRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceHTTPResponseRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Response Rule
-[**ReplaceLogTarget**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceLogTarget) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Replace a Log Target
-[**ReplaceServer**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceServer) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Replace a server
-[**ReplaceServerSwitchingRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceServerSwitchingRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Replace a Server Switching Rule
-[**ReplaceStickRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceStickRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Replace a Stick Rule
-[**ReplaceTCPRequestRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceTCPRequestRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Request Rule
-[**ReplaceTCPResponseRule**](HAProxyConfigurationManagementApi.md#ReplaceTCPResponseRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Response Rule
-
-
-
-## CreateAcl
-
-> Acl CreateAcl(ctx, parentName, parentType, acl, optional)
-
-Add a new ACL line
-
-Adds a new ACL line of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**acl** | [**Acl**](Acl.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Acl**](acl.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateBackend
-
-> Backend CreateBackend(ctx, backend, optional)
-
-Add a backend
-
-Adds a new backend to the configuration file.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | [**Backend**](Backend.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateBackendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateBackendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Backend**](backend.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateBackendSwitchingRule
-
-> BackendSwitchingRule CreateBackendSwitchingRule(ctx, frontend, backendSwitchingRule, optional)
-
-Add a new Backend Switching Rule
-
-Adds a new Backend Switching Rule of the specified type in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**frontend** | **string**| Frontend name | 
-**backendSwitchingRule** | [**BackendSwitchingRule**](BackendSwitchingRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateBackendSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateBackendSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**BackendSwitchingRule**](backend_switching_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateBind
-
-> Bind CreateBind(ctx, frontend, bind, optional)
-
-Add a new bind
-
-Adds a new bind in the specified frontend in the configuration file.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**frontend** | **string**| Parent frontend name | 
-**bind** | [**Bind**](Bind.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateBindOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateBindOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Bind**](bind.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateFilter
-
-> Filter CreateFilter(ctx, parentName, parentType, filter, optional)
-
-Add a new Filter
-
-Adds a new Filter of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**filter** | [**Filter**](Filter.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Filter**](filter.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateFrontend
-
-> Frontend CreateFrontend(ctx, frontend, optional)
-
-Add a frontend
-
-Adds a new frontend to the configuration file.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**frontend** | [**Frontend**](Frontend.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateFrontendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateFrontendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Frontend**](frontend.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateHTTPRequestRule
-
-> HttpRequestRule CreateHTTPRequestRule(ctx, parentName, parentType, httpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Add a new HTTP Request Rule
-
-Adds a new HTTP Request Rule of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpRequestRule** | [**HttpRequestRule**](HttpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpRequestRule**](http_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateHTTPResponseRule
-
-> HttpResponseRule CreateHTTPResponseRule(ctx, parentName, parentType, httpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Add a new HTTP Response Rule
-
-Adds a new HTTP Response Rule of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpResponseRule** | [**HttpResponseRule**](HttpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpResponseRule**](http_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateLogTarget
-
-> LogTarget CreateLogTarget(ctx, parentName, parentType, logTarget, optional)
-
-Add a new Log Target
-
-Adds a new Log Target of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**logTarget** | [**LogTarget**](LogTarget.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**LogTarget**](log_target.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateServer
-
-> Server CreateServer(ctx, backend, server, optional)
-
-Add a new server
-
-Adds a new server in the specified backend in the configuration file.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
-**server** | [**Server**](Server.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateServerOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateServerOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Server**](server.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateServerSwitchingRule
-
-> ServerSwitchingRule CreateServerSwitchingRule(ctx, backend, serverSwitchingRule, optional)
-
-Add a new Server Switching Rule
-
-Adds a new Server Switching Rule of the specified type in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
-**serverSwitchingRule** | [**ServerSwitchingRule**](ServerSwitchingRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateServerSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateServerSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**ServerSwitchingRule**](server_switching_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateStickRule
-
-> StickRule CreateStickRule(ctx, backend, stickRule, optional)
-
-Add a new Stick Rule
-
-Adds a new Stick Rule of the specified type in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
-**stickRule** | [**StickRule**](StickRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateStickRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateStickRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**StickRule**](stick_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateTCPRequestRule
-
-> TcpRequestRule CreateTCPRequestRule(ctx, parentName, parentType, tcpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Add a new TCP Request Rule
-
-Adds a new TCP Request Rule of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**tcpRequestRule** | [**TcpRequestRule**](TcpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpRequestRule**](tcp_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## CreateTCPResponseRule
-
-> TcpResponseRule CreateTCPResponseRule(ctx, backend, tcpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Add a new TCP Response Rule
-
-Adds a new TCP Response Rule of the specified type in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
-**tcpResponseRule** | [**TcpResponseRule**](TcpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpResponseRule**](tcp_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteAcl
-
-> DeleteAcl(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a ACL line
-
-Deletes a ACL line configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| ACL line ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteBackend
-
-> DeleteBackend(ctx, name, optional)
-
-Delete a backend
-
-Deletes a frontend from the configuration by it's name.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteBackendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteBackendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteBackendSwitchingRule
-
-> DeleteBackendSwitchingRule(ctx, id, frontend, optional)
-
-Delete a Backend Switching Rule
-
-Deletes a Backend Switching Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteBackendSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteBackendSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteBind
-
-> DeleteBind(ctx, name, frontend, optional)
-
-Delete a bind
-
-Deletes a bind configuration by it's name in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Bind name | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Parent frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteBindOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteBindOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteFilter
-
-> DeleteFilter(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a Filter
-
-Deletes a Filter configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Filter ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteFrontend
-
-> DeleteFrontend(ctx, name, optional)
-
-Delete a frontend
-
-Deletes a frontend from the configuration by it's name.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteFrontendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteFrontendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteHTTPRequestRule
-
-> DeleteHTTPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a HTTP Request Rule
-
-Deletes a HTTP Request Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteHTTPResponseRule
-
-> DeleteHTTPResponseRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a HTTP Response Rule
-
-Deletes a HTTP Response Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Response Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteLogTarget
-
-> DeleteLogTarget(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a Log Target
-
-Deletes a Log Target configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Log Target ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteServer
-
-> DeleteServer(ctx, name, backend, optional)
-
-Delete a server
-
-Deletes a server configuration by it's name in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Server name | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteServerOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteServerOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteServerSwitchingRule
-
-> DeleteServerSwitchingRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Delete a Server Switching Rule
-
-Deletes a Server Switching Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteServerSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteServerSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteStickRule
-
-> DeleteStickRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Delete a Stick Rule
-
-Deletes a Stick Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Stick Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteStickRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteStickRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteTCPRequestRule
-
-> DeleteTCPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a TCP Request Rule
-
-Deletes a TCP Request Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteTCPResponseRule
-
-> DeleteTCPResponseRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Delete a TCP Response Rule
-
-Deletes a TCP Response Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Response Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetAcl
-
-> InlineResponse20031 GetAcl(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one ACL line
-
-Returns one ACL line configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| ACL line ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20031**](inline_response_200_31.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetAcls
-
-> InlineResponse20030 GetAcls(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all ACL lines
-
-Returns all ACL lines that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetAclsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetAclsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20030**](inline_response_200_30.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBackend
-
-> InlineResponse2007 GetBackend(ctx, name, optional)
-
-Return a backend
-
-Returns one backend configuration by it's name.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetBackendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBackendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2007**](inline_response_200_7.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBackendSwitchingRule
-
-> InlineResponse20021 GetBackendSwitchingRule(ctx, id, frontend, optional)
-
-Return one Backend Switching Rule
-
-Returns one Backend Switching Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetBackendSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBackendSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20021**](inline_response_200_21.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBackendSwitchingRules
-
-> InlineResponse20020 GetBackendSwitchingRules(ctx, frontend, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Backend Switching Rules
-
-Returns all Backend Switching Rules that are configured in specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**frontend** | **string**| Frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetBackendSwitchingRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBackendSwitchingRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20020**](inline_response_200_20.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBackends
-
-> InlineResponse2006 GetBackends(ctx, optional)
-
-Return an array of backends
-
-Returns an array of all configured backends.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
- **optional** | ***GetBackendsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBackendsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2006**](inline_response_200_6.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBind
-
-> InlineResponse2009 GetBind(ctx, name, frontend, optional)
-
-Return one bind
-
-Returns one bind configuration by it's name in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Bind name | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Parent frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetBindOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBindOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2009**](inline_response_200_9.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetBinds
-
-> InlineResponse2008 GetBinds(ctx, frontend, optional)
-
-Return an array of binds
-
-Returns an array of all binds that are configured in specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**frontend** | **string**| Parent frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetBindsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetBindsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2008**](inline_response_200_8.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetDefaults
-
-> InlineResponse2003 GetDefaults(ctx, optional)
-
-Return defaults part of configuration
-
-Returns defaults part of configuration.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
- **optional** | ***GetDefaultsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetDefaultsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2003**](inline_response_200_3.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetFilter
-
-> InlineResponse20025 GetFilter(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one Filter
-
-Returns one Filter configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Filter ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20025**](inline_response_200_25.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetFilters
-
-> InlineResponse20024 GetFilters(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Filters
-
-Returns all Filters that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetFiltersOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetFiltersOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20024**](inline_response_200_24.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetFrontend
-
-> InlineResponse2005 GetFrontend(ctx, name, optional)
-
-Return a frontend
-
-Returns one frontend configuration by it's name.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetFrontendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetFrontendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2005**](inline_response_200_5.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetFrontends
-
-> InlineResponse2004 GetFrontends(ctx, optional)
-
-Return an array of frontends
-
-Returns an array of all configured frontends.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
- **optional** | ***GetFrontendsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetFrontendsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2004**](inline_response_200_4.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetGlobal
-
-> InlineResponse2002 GetGlobal(ctx, optional)
-
-Return a global part of configuration
-
-Returns global part of configuration.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
- **optional** | ***GetGlobalOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetGlobalOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2002**](inline_response_200_2.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHAProxyConfiguration
-
-> InlineResponse20032 GetHAProxyConfiguration(ctx, optional)
-
-Return HAProxy configuration
-
-Returns HAProxy configuration file in plain text
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
- **optional** | ***GetHAProxyConfigurationOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHAProxyConfigurationOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20032**](inline_response_200_32.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: text/plain, application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPRequestRule
-
-> InlineResponse20013 GetHTTPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one HTTP Request Rule
-
-Returns one HTTP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20013**](inline_response_200_13.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPRequestRules
-
-> InlineResponse20012 GetHTTPRequestRules(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all HTTP Request Rules
-
-Returns all HTTP Request Rules that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPRequestRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPRequestRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20012**](inline_response_200_12.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPResponseRule
-
-> InlineResponse20015 GetHTTPResponseRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one HTTP Response Rule
-
-Returns one HTTP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Response Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20015**](inline_response_200_15.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPResponseRules
-
-> InlineResponse20014 GetHTTPResponseRules(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all HTTP Response Rules
-
-Returns all HTTP Response Rules that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPResponseRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPResponseRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20014**](inline_response_200_14.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetLogTarget
-
-> InlineResponse20029 GetLogTarget(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one Log Target
-
-Returns one Log Target configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Log Target ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20029**](inline_response_200_29.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetLogTargets
-
-> InlineResponse20028 GetLogTargets(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Log Targets
-
-Returns all Log Targets that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetLogTargetsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetLogTargetsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20028**](inline_response_200_28.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetServer
-
-> InlineResponse20011 GetServer(ctx, name, backend, optional)
-
-Return one server
-
-Returns one server configuration by it's name in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Server name | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetServerOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetServerOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20011**](inline_response_200_11.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetServerSwitchingRule
-
-> InlineResponse20023 GetServerSwitchingRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Return one Server Switching Rule
-
-Returns one Server Switching Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetServerSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetServerSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20023**](inline_response_200_23.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetServerSwitchingRules
-
-> InlineResponse20022 GetServerSwitchingRules(ctx, backend, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Server Switching Rules
-
-Returns all Backend Switching Rules that are configured in specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetServerSwitchingRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetServerSwitchingRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20022**](inline_response_200_22.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetServers
-
-> InlineResponse20010 GetServers(ctx, backend, optional)
-
-Return an array of servers
-
-Returns an array of all servers that are configured in specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetServersOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetServersOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20010**](inline_response_200_10.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetStickRule
-
-> InlineResponse20027 GetStickRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Return one Stick Rule
-
-Returns one Stick Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Stick Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetStickRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetStickRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20027**](inline_response_200_27.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetStickRules
-
-> InlineResponse20026 GetStickRules(ctx, backend, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Stick Rules
-
-Returns all Stick Rules that are configured in specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetStickRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetStickRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20026**](inline_response_200_26.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPRequestRule
-
-> InlineResponse20017 GetTCPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one TCP Request Rule
-
-Returns one TCP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20017**](inline_response_200_17.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPRequestRules
-
-> InlineResponse20016 GetTCPRequestRules(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all TCP Request Rules
-
-Returns all TCP Request Rules that are configured in specified parent and parent type.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPRequestRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPRequestRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20016**](inline_response_200_16.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPResponseRule
-
-> InlineResponse20019 GetTCPResponseRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Return one TCP Response Rule
-
-Returns one TCP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Response Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20019**](inline_response_200_19.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPResponseRules
-
-> InlineResponse20018 GetTCPResponseRules(ctx, backend, optional)
-
-Return an array of all TCP Response Rules
-
-Returns all TCP Response Rules that are configured in specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPResponseRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPResponseRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20018**](inline_response_200_18.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## PostHAProxyConfiguration
-
-> string PostHAProxyConfiguration(ctx, body, optional)
-
-Push new haproxy configuration
-
-Push a new haproxy configuration file in plain text
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**body** | **string**|  | 
- **optional** | ***PostHAProxyConfigurationOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a PostHAProxyConfigurationOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-**string**
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: text/plain
-- **Accept**: text/plain, application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceAcl
-
-> Acl ReplaceAcl(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, acl, optional)
-
-Replace a ACL line
-
-Replaces a ACL line configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| ACL line ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**acl** | [**Acl**](Acl.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceAclOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceAclOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Acl**](acl.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceBackend
-
-> Backend ReplaceBackend(ctx, name, backend, optional)
-
-Replace a backend
-
-Replaces a backend configuration by it's name.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Backend name | 
-**backend** | [**Backend**](Backend.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceBackendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceBackendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Backend**](backend.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceBackendSwitchingRule
-
-> BackendSwitchingRule ReplaceBackendSwitchingRule(ctx, id, frontend, backendSwitchingRule, optional)
-
-Replace a Backend Switching Rule
-
-Replaces a Backend Switching Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Frontend name | 
-**backendSwitchingRule** | [**BackendSwitchingRule**](BackendSwitchingRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceBackendSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceBackendSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**BackendSwitchingRule**](backend_switching_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceBind
-
-> Bind ReplaceBind(ctx, name, frontend, bind, optional)
-
-Replace a bind
-
-Replaces a bind configuration by it's name in the specified frontend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Bind name | 
-**frontend** | **string**| Parent frontend name | 
-**bind** | [**Bind**](Bind.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceBindOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceBindOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Bind**](bind.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceDefaults
-
-> Defaults ReplaceDefaults(ctx, defaults, optional)
-
-Replace defaults
-
-Replace defaults part of config
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**defaults** | [**Defaults**](Defaults.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceDefaultsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceDefaultsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Defaults**](defaults.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceFilter
-
-> Filter ReplaceFilter(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, filter, optional)
-
-Replace a Filter
-
-Replaces a Filter configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Filter ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**filter** | [**Filter**](Filter.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceFilterOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceFilterOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Filter**](filter.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceFrontend
-
-> Frontend ReplaceFrontend(ctx, name, frontend, optional)
-
-Replace a frontend
-
-Replaces a frontend configuration by it's name.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Frontend name | 
-**frontend** | [**Frontend**](Frontend.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceFrontendOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceFrontendOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Frontend**](frontend.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceGlobal
-
-> Global ReplaceGlobal(ctx, global, optional)
-
-Replace global
-
-Replace global part of config
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**global** | [**Global**](Global.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceGlobalOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceGlobalOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Global**](global.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceHTTPRequestRule
-
-> HttpRequestRule ReplaceHTTPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, httpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Replace a HTTP Request Rule
-
-Replaces a HTTP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpRequestRule** | [**HttpRequestRule**](HttpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpRequestRule**](http_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceHTTPResponseRule
-
-> HttpResponseRule ReplaceHTTPResponseRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, httpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Replace a HTTP Response Rule
-
-Replaces a HTTP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Response Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpResponseRule** | [**HttpResponseRule**](HttpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpResponseRule**](http_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceLogTarget
-
-> LogTarget ReplaceLogTarget(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, logTarget, optional)
-
-Replace a Log Target
-
-Replaces a Log Target configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Log Target ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**logTarget** | [**LogTarget**](LogTarget.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**LogTarget**](log_target.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceServer
-
-> Server ReplaceServer(ctx, name, backend, server, optional)
-
-Replace a server
-
-Replaces a server configuration by it's name in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Server name | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
-**server** | [**Server**](Server.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceServerOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceServerOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Server**](server.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceServerSwitchingRule
-
-> ServerSwitchingRule ReplaceServerSwitchingRule(ctx, id, backend, serverSwitchingRule, optional)
-
-Replace a Server Switching Rule
-
-Replaces a Server Switching Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
-**serverSwitchingRule** | [**ServerSwitchingRule**](ServerSwitchingRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceServerSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceServerSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**ServerSwitchingRule**](server_switching_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceStickRule
-
-> StickRule ReplaceStickRule(ctx, id, backend, stickRule, optional)
-
-Replace a Stick Rule
-
-Replaces a Stick Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Stick Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
-**stickRule** | [**StickRule**](StickRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceStickRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceStickRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**StickRule**](stick_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceTCPRequestRule
-
-> TcpRequestRule ReplaceTCPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, tcpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Replace a TCP Request Rule
-
-Replaces a TCP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**tcpRequestRule** | [**TcpRequestRule**](TcpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpRequestRule**](tcp_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceTCPResponseRule
-
-> TcpResponseRule ReplaceTCPResponseRule(ctx, id, backend, tcpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Replace a TCP Response Rule
-
-Replaces a TCP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Response Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
-**tcpResponseRule** | [**TcpResponseRule**](TcpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpResponseRule**](tcp_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/HTTPRequestRuleApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/HTTPRequestRuleApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f9fef0d790..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/HTTPRequestRuleApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-# \HTTPRequestRuleApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateHTTPRequestRule**](HTTPRequestRuleApi.md#CreateHTTPRequestRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Add a new HTTP Request Rule
-[**DeleteHTTPRequestRule**](HTTPRequestRuleApi.md#DeleteHTTPRequestRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Request Rule
-[**GetHTTPRequestRule**](HTTPRequestRuleApi.md#GetHTTPRequestRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Request Rule
-[**GetHTTPRequestRules**](HTTPRequestRuleApi.md#GetHTTPRequestRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Request Rules
-[**ReplaceHTTPRequestRule**](HTTPRequestRuleApi.md#ReplaceHTTPRequestRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_request_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Request Rule
-
-
-
-## CreateHTTPRequestRule
-
-> HttpRequestRule CreateHTTPRequestRule(ctx, parentName, parentType, httpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Add a new HTTP Request Rule
-
-Adds a new HTTP Request Rule of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpRequestRule** | [**HttpRequestRule**](HttpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpRequestRule**](http_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteHTTPRequestRule
-
-> DeleteHTTPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a HTTP Request Rule
-
-Deletes a HTTP Request Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPRequestRule
-
-> InlineResponse20013 GetHTTPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one HTTP Request Rule
-
-Returns one HTTP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20013**](inline_response_200_13.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPRequestRules
-
-> InlineResponse20012 GetHTTPRequestRules(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all HTTP Request Rules
-
-Returns all HTTP Request Rules that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPRequestRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPRequestRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20012**](inline_response_200_12.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceHTTPRequestRule
-
-> HttpRequestRule ReplaceHTTPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, httpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Replace a HTTP Request Rule
-
-Replaces a HTTP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpRequestRule** | [**HttpRequestRule**](HttpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceHTTPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceHTTPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpRequestRule**](http_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/HTTPResponseRuleApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/HTTPResponseRuleApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 992dee919a..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/HTTPResponseRuleApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-# \HTTPResponseRuleApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateHTTPResponseRule**](HTTPResponseRuleApi.md#CreateHTTPResponseRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Add a new HTTP Response Rule
-[**DeleteHTTPResponseRule**](HTTPResponseRuleApi.md#DeleteHTTPResponseRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Delete a HTTP Response Rule
-[**GetHTTPResponseRule**](HTTPResponseRuleApi.md#GetHTTPResponseRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Return one HTTP Response Rule
-[**GetHTTPResponseRules**](HTTPResponseRuleApi.md#GetHTTPResponseRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules | Return an array of all HTTP Response Rules
-[**ReplaceHTTPResponseRule**](HTTPResponseRuleApi.md#ReplaceHTTPResponseRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/http_response_rules/{id} | Replace a HTTP Response Rule
-
-
-
-## CreateHTTPResponseRule
-
-> HttpResponseRule CreateHTTPResponseRule(ctx, parentName, parentType, httpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Add a new HTTP Response Rule
-
-Adds a new HTTP Response Rule of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpResponseRule** | [**HttpResponseRule**](HttpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpResponseRule**](http_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteHTTPResponseRule
-
-> DeleteHTTPResponseRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a HTTP Response Rule
-
-Deletes a HTTP Response Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Response Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPResponseRule
-
-> InlineResponse20015 GetHTTPResponseRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one HTTP Response Rule
-
-Returns one HTTP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Response Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20015**](inline_response_200_15.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetHTTPResponseRules
-
-> InlineResponse20014 GetHTTPResponseRules(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all HTTP Response Rules
-
-Returns all HTTP Response Rules that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetHTTPResponseRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetHTTPResponseRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20014**](inline_response_200_14.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceHTTPResponseRule
-
-> HttpResponseRule ReplaceHTTPResponseRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, httpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Replace a HTTP Response Rule
-
-Replaces a HTTP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| HTTP Response Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**httpResponseRule** | [**HttpResponseRule**](HttpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceHTTPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceHTTPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**HttpResponseRule**](http_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/HttpRequestRule.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/HttpRequestRule.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e48823c2b..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/HttpRequestRule.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-# HttpRequestRule
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**AclFile** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**AclKeyfmt** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**AuthRealm** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Cond** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**CondTest** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**DenyStatus** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**HdrFormat** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**HdrMatch** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**HdrName** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Id** | Pointer to **int32** |  | 
-**LogLevel** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**QueryFmt** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**RedirCode** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**RedirOption** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**RedirType** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**RedirValue** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**SpoeEngine** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**SpoeGroup** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Type** | **string** |  | 
-**UriFmt** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**VarExpr** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**VarName** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**VarScope** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/HttpResponseRule.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/HttpResponseRule.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 49378538a2..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/HttpResponseRule.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-# HttpResponseRule
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**AclFile** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**AclKeyfmt** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Cond** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**CondTest** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**HdrFormat** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**HdrMatch** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**HdrName** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Id** | Pointer to **int32** |  | 
-**LogLevel** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**RedirCode** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**RedirOption** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**RedirType** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**RedirValue** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**SpoeEngine** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**SpoeGroup** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Status** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**StatusReason** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Type** | **string** |  | 
-**VarExpr** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**VarName** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**VarScope** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Httpchk.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Httpchk.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 105c39781a..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Httpchk.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-# Httpchk
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Method** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Uri** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Version** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Info.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Info.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a466b14ebb..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Info.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# Info
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Api** | [**InfoApi**](info_api.md) |  | [optional] 
-**System** | [**InfoSystem**](info_system.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InfoApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InfoApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f097f8eac..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InfoApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InfoApi
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**BuildDate** | [**time.Time**](time.Time.md) | HAProxy Dataplane API build date | [optional] 
-**Version** | **string** | HAProxy Dataplane API version string | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InfoSystem.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InfoSystem.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4036632b1a..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InfoSystem.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-# InfoSystem
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**CpuInfo** | [**InfoSystemCpuInfo**](info_system_cpu_info.md) |  | [optional] 
-**Hostname** | **string** | Hostname where the HAProxy is running | [optional] 
-**MemInfo** | [**InfoSystemMemInfo**](info_system_mem_info.md) |  | [optional] 
-**OsString** | **string** | OS string | [optional] 
-**Time** | **int32** | Current time in milliseconds since Epoch. | [optional] 
-**Uptime** | Pointer to **int32** | System uptime | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InfoSystemCpuInfo.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InfoSystemCpuInfo.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 93913a73c5..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InfoSystemCpuInfo.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InfoSystemCpuInfo
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Model** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**NumCpus** | **int32** | Number of logical CPUs | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InfoSystemMemInfo.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InfoSystemMemInfo.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 61537210b1..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InfoSystemMemInfo.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-# InfoSystemMemInfo
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**DataplaneapiMemory** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**FreeMemory** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**TotalMemory** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InformationApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InformationApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6478d1494f..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InformationApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-# \InformationApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**GetHaproxyProcessInfo**](InformationApi.md#GetHaproxyProcessInfo) | **Get** /services/haproxy/info | Return HAProxy process information
-[**GetInfo**](InformationApi.md#GetInfo) | **Get** /info | Return API, hardware and OS information
-
-
-
-## GetHaproxyProcessInfo
-
-> ProcessInfo GetHaproxyProcessInfo(ctx, )
-
-Return HAProxy process information
-
-Return HAProxy process information
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-This endpoint does not need any parameter.
-
-### Return type
-
-[**ProcessInfo**](process_info.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetInfo
-
-> Info GetInfo(ctx, )
-
-Return API, hardware and OS information
-
-Return API, hardware and OS information
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-This endpoint does not need any parameter.
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Info**](info.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse200.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse200.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c35778cb02..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse200.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse200
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**[]Site**](site.md) | Sites array. Sites are considered as one service and all farms connected to that service. Farms are connected to service using use-backend and default_backend directives. Sites let you configure simple HAProxy configurations, for more advanced options use /haproxy/configuration endpoints.  | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2001.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2001.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f11b310fd0..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2001.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse2001
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**Site**](site.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20010.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20010.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f11d6a143..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20010.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20010
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**[]Server**](server.md) | HAProxy backend servers array | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20011.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20011.md
deleted file mode 100644
index aedd274721..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20011.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20011
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**Server**](server.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20012.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20012.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 60b32b8dd4..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20012.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20012
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**[]HttpRequestRule**](http_request_rule.md) | HAProxy HTTP request rules array (corresponds to http-request directives) | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20013.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20013.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ddd7e40d77..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20013.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20013
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**HttpRequestRule**](http_request_rule.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20014.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20014.md
deleted file mode 100644
index dba593802d..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20014.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20014
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**[]HttpResponseRule**](http_response_rule.md) | HAProxy HTTP response rules array (corresponds to http-response directives) | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20015.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20015.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4276eec772..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20015.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20015
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**HttpResponseRule**](http_response_rule.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20016.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20016.md
deleted file mode 100644
index de0cd4d94d..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20016.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20016
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**[]TcpRequestRule**](tcp_request_rule.md) | HAProxy TCP request rules array (corresponds to tcp-request directive) | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20017.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20017.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 06b5fb01cf..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20017.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20017
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**TcpRequestRule**](tcp_request_rule.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20018.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20018.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5dd7dc1947..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20018.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20018
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**[]TcpResponseRule**](tcp_response_rule.md) | HAProxy TCP response rules array (corresponds to tcp-response directive) | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20019.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20019.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e888e5681e..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20019.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20019
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**TcpResponseRule**](tcp_response_rule.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2002.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2002.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d1f0a3bf8a..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2002.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse2002
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**Global**](global.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20020.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20020.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 79b51b21aa..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20020.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20020
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**[]BackendSwitchingRule**](backend_switching_rule.md) | HAProxy backend switching rules array (corresponds to use_backend directives) | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20021.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20021.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 00c64830ac..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20021.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20021
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**BackendSwitchingRule**](backend_switching_rule.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20022.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20022.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a23a629bb..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20022.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20022
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**[]ServerSwitchingRule**](server_switching_rule.md) | HAProxy backend server switching rules array (corresponds to use-server directives) | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20023.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20023.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b01ec22e2..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20023.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20023
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**ServerSwitchingRule**](server_switching_rule.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20024.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20024.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d68c704e86..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20024.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20024
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**[]Filter**](filter.md) | HAProxy filters array (corresponds to filter directive) | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20025.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20025.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b3d6929a1..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20025.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20025
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**Filter**](filter.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20026.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20026.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a1a13a2e5..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20026.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20026
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**[]StickRule**](stick_rule.md) | HAProxy backend stick rules array (corresponds to stick store-request, stick match, stick on, stick store-response) | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20027.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20027.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c6c201448f..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20027.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20027
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**StickRule**](stick_rule.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20028.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20028.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 24b6b74781..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20028.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20028
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**[]LogTarget**](log_target.md) | HAProxy log target array (corresponds to log directives) | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20029.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20029.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 90e40421cd..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20029.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20029
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**LogTarget**](log_target.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2003.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2003.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 645c72840c..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2003.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse2003
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**Defaults**](defaults.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20030.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20030.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6502d1419f..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20030.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20030
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**[]Acl**](acl.md) | HAProxy ACL lines array (corresponds to acl directives) | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20031.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20031.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 484e62c49c..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20031.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20031
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**Acl**](acl.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20032.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20032.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a23cf3810..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse20032.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse20032
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | **string** |  | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2004.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2004.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a5811081eb..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2004.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse2004
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**[]Frontend**](frontend.md) | HAProxy frontends array | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2005.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2005.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 476f53be54..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2005.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse2005
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**Frontend**](frontend.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2006.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2006.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c91a70e264..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2006.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse2006
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**[]Backend**](backend.md) | HAProxy backends array | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2007.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2007.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 37e7051495..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2007.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse2007
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**Backend**](backend.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2008.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2008.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b37bd9705f..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2008.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse2008
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**[]Bind**](bind.md) | HAProxy frontend binds array (corresponds to bind directives) | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2009.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2009.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 969ebe84bd..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/InlineResponse2009.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# InlineResponse2009
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Data** | [**Bind**](bind.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/LogTarget.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/LogTarget.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 840df46599..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/LogTarget.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-# LogTarget
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Address** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Facility** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Format** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Global** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-**Id** | Pointer to **int32** |  | 
-**Length** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Level** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Minlevel** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Nolog** | **bool** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/LogTargetApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/LogTargetApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7da0d4b52a..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/LogTargetApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-# \LogTargetApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateLogTarget**](LogTargetApi.md#CreateLogTarget) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Add a new Log Target
-[**DeleteLogTarget**](LogTargetApi.md#DeleteLogTarget) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Delete a Log Target
-[**GetLogTarget**](LogTargetApi.md#GetLogTarget) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Return one Log Target
-[**GetLogTargets**](LogTargetApi.md#GetLogTargets) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets | Return an array of all Log Targets
-[**ReplaceLogTarget**](LogTargetApi.md#ReplaceLogTarget) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/log_targets/{id} | Replace a Log Target
-
-
-
-## CreateLogTarget
-
-> LogTarget CreateLogTarget(ctx, parentName, parentType, logTarget, optional)
-
-Add a new Log Target
-
-Adds a new Log Target of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**logTarget** | [**LogTarget**](LogTarget.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**LogTarget**](log_target.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteLogTarget
-
-> DeleteLogTarget(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a Log Target
-
-Deletes a Log Target configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Log Target ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetLogTarget
-
-> InlineResponse20029 GetLogTarget(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one Log Target
-
-Returns one Log Target configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Log Target ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20029**](inline_response_200_29.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetLogTargets
-
-> InlineResponse20028 GetLogTargets(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Log Targets
-
-Returns all Log Targets that are configured in specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetLogTargetsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetLogTargetsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20028**](inline_response_200_28.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceLogTarget
-
-> LogTarget ReplaceLogTarget(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, logTarget, optional)
-
-Replace a Log Target
-
-Replaces a Log Target configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Log Target ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**logTarget** | [**LogTarget**](LogTarget.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceLogTargetOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceLogTargetOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**LogTarget**](log_target.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ModelError.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ModelError.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2843862152..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ModelError.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# ModelError
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Code** | Pointer to **int32** |  | 
-**Message** | Pointer to **string** |  | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/NativeStat.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/NativeStat.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ab3803861a..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/NativeStat.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-# NativeStat
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**BackendName** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Name** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Stats** | [**NativeStatStats**](native_stat_stats.md) |  | [optional] 
-**Type** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/NativeStatStats.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/NativeStatStats.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 578f4a749c..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/NativeStatStats.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-# NativeStatStats
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Act** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Addr** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**AgentCode** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**AgentDesc** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**AgentDuration** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**AgentFall** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**AgentHealth** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**AgentRise** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**AgentStatus** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Algo** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Bck** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Bin** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Bout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**CheckCode** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**CheckDesc** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**CheckDuration** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**CheckFall** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**CheckHealth** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**CheckRise** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**CheckStatus** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Chkdown** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Chkfail** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**CliAbrt** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**CompByp** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**CompIn** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**CompOut** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**CompRsp** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**ConnRate** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**ConnRateMax** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**ConnTot** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Cookie** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Ctime** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Dcon** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Downtime** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Dreq** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Dresp** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Dses** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Econ** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Ereq** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Eresp** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Hanafail** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Hrsp1xx** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Hrsp2xx** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Hrsp3xx** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Hrsp4xx** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Hrsp5xx** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**HrspOther** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Iid** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Intercepted** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Lastchg** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Lastsess** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Lbtot** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Mode** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Pid** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Qcur** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Qlimit** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Qmax** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Qtime** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Rate** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**RateLim** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**RateMax** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**ReqRate** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**ReqRateMax** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**ReqTot** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Rtime** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Scur** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Sid** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Slim** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Smax** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**SrvAbrt** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Status** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Stot** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Throttle** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Tracked** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Ttime** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Weight** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Wredis** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Wretr** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ProcessInfo.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ProcessInfo.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ab458a3546..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ProcessInfo.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-# ProcessInfo
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Haproxy** | [**ProcessInfoHaproxy**](process_info_haproxy.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ProcessInfoHaproxy.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ProcessInfoHaproxy.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 817125cf87..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ProcessInfoHaproxy.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-# ProcessInfoHaproxy
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Pid** | Pointer to **int32** | Process id of the replying worker process | [optional] 
-**Processes** | Pointer to **int32** | Number of spawned processes | [optional] 
-**ReleaseDate** | **string** | HAProxy version release date | [optional] 
-**Uptime** | Pointer to **int32** | HAProxy uptime in s | [optional] 
-**Version** | **string** | HAProxy version string | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Redispatch.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Redispatch.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ca728a0543..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Redispatch.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# Redispatch
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Enabled** | **string** |  | 
-**Interval** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Reload.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Reload.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bc7e6c1325..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Reload.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-# Reload
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Id** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**ReloadTimestamp** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Response** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Status** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ReloadsApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ReloadsApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a592fd595..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ReloadsApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-# \ReloadsApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**GetReload**](ReloadsApi.md#GetReload) | **Get** /services/haproxy/reloads/{id} | Return one HAProxy reload status
-[**GetReloads**](ReloadsApi.md#GetReloads) | **Get** /services/haproxy/reloads | Return list of HAProxy Reloads.
-
-
-
-## GetReload
-
-> Reload GetReload(ctx, id)
-
-Return one HAProxy reload status
-
-Returns one HAProxy reload status.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **string**| Reload id | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Reload**](reload.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetReloads
-
-> []Reload GetReloads(ctx, )
-
-Return list of HAProxy Reloads.
-
-Returns a list of HAProxy reloads.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-This endpoint does not need any parameter.
-
-### Return type
-
-[**[]Reload**](reload.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Server.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Server.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 46711c15e1..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Server.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-# Server
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Address** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Backup** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Check** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Cookie** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Inter** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Maintenance** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Maxconn** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Name** | **string** |  | 
-**OnError** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**OnMarkedDown** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**OnMarkedUp** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Port** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Ssl** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**SslCafile** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**SslCertificate** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**TlsTickets** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Verify** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Weight** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ServerApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ServerApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8fca0b7d72..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ServerApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-# \ServerApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateServer**](ServerApi.md#CreateServer) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers | Add a new server
-[**DeleteServer**](ServerApi.md#DeleteServer) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Delete a server
-[**GetServer**](ServerApi.md#GetServer) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Return one server
-[**GetServers**](ServerApi.md#GetServers) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers | Return an array of servers
-[**ReplaceServer**](ServerApi.md#ReplaceServer) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/servers/{name} | Replace a server
-
-
-
-## CreateServer
-
-> Server CreateServer(ctx, backend, server, optional)
-
-Add a new server
-
-Adds a new server in the specified backend in the configuration file.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
-**server** | [**Server**](Server.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateServerOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateServerOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Server**](server.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteServer
-
-> DeleteServer(ctx, name, backend, optional)
-
-Delete a server
-
-Deletes a server configuration by it's name in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Server name | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteServerOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteServerOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetServer
-
-> InlineResponse20011 GetServer(ctx, name, backend, optional)
-
-Return one server
-
-Returns one server configuration by it's name in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Server name | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetServerOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetServerOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20011**](inline_response_200_11.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetServers
-
-> InlineResponse20010 GetServers(ctx, backend, optional)
-
-Return an array of servers
-
-Returns an array of all servers that are configured in specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetServersOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetServersOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20010**](inline_response_200_10.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceServer
-
-> Server ReplaceServer(ctx, name, backend, server, optional)
-
-Replace a server
-
-Replaces a server configuration by it's name in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Server name | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
-**server** | [**Server**](Server.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceServerOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceServerOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Server**](server.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ServerSwitchingRule.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ServerSwitchingRule.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c87c2a75e..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ServerSwitchingRule.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-# ServerSwitchingRule
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Cond** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**CondTest** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Id** | Pointer to **int32** |  | 
-**TargetServer** | **string** |  | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ServerSwitchingRuleApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ServerSwitchingRuleApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 13198b07ca..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/ServerSwitchingRuleApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-# \ServerSwitchingRuleApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateServerSwitchingRule**](ServerSwitchingRuleApi.md#CreateServerSwitchingRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules | Add a new Server Switching Rule
-[**DeleteServerSwitchingRule**](ServerSwitchingRuleApi.md#DeleteServerSwitchingRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Delete a Server Switching Rule
-[**GetServerSwitchingRule**](ServerSwitchingRuleApi.md#GetServerSwitchingRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Return one Server Switching Rule
-[**GetServerSwitchingRules**](ServerSwitchingRuleApi.md#GetServerSwitchingRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules | Return an array of all Server Switching Rules
-[**ReplaceServerSwitchingRule**](ServerSwitchingRuleApi.md#ReplaceServerSwitchingRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/server_switching_rules/{id} | Replace a Server Switching Rule
-
-
-
-## CreateServerSwitchingRule
-
-> ServerSwitchingRule CreateServerSwitchingRule(ctx, backend, serverSwitchingRule, optional)
-
-Add a new Server Switching Rule
-
-Adds a new Server Switching Rule of the specified type in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
-**serverSwitchingRule** | [**ServerSwitchingRule**](ServerSwitchingRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateServerSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateServerSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**ServerSwitchingRule**](server_switching_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteServerSwitchingRule
-
-> DeleteServerSwitchingRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Delete a Server Switching Rule
-
-Deletes a Server Switching Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteServerSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteServerSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetServerSwitchingRule
-
-> InlineResponse20023 GetServerSwitchingRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Return one Server Switching Rule
-
-Returns one Server Switching Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetServerSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetServerSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20023**](inline_response_200_23.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetServerSwitchingRules
-
-> InlineResponse20022 GetServerSwitchingRules(ctx, backend, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Server Switching Rules
-
-Returns all Backend Switching Rules that are configured in specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetServerSwitchingRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetServerSwitchingRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20022**](inline_response_200_22.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceServerSwitchingRule
-
-> ServerSwitchingRule ReplaceServerSwitchingRule(ctx, id, backend, serverSwitchingRule, optional)
-
-Replace a Server Switching Rule
-
-Replaces a Server Switching Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Switching Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
-**serverSwitchingRule** | [**ServerSwitchingRule**](ServerSwitchingRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceServerSwitchingRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceServerSwitchingRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**ServerSwitchingRule**](server_switching_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Site.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Site.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e1b2eef4b..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Site.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-# Site
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Farms** | [**[]SiteFarms**](site_farms.md) |  | [optional] 
-**Name** | **string** |  | 
-**Service** | [**SiteService**](site_service.md) |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/SiteFarms.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/SiteFarms.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c602e380e5..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/SiteFarms.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-# SiteFarms
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Balance** | [**Balance**](balance.md) |  | [optional] 
-**Cond** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**CondTest** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Forwardfor** | [**Forwardfor**](forwardfor.md) |  | [optional] 
-**Mode** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Name** | **string** |  | 
-**Servers** | [**[]Server**](server.md) |  | [optional] 
-**UseAs** | **string** |  | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/SiteService.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/SiteService.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 729433ca50..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/SiteService.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-# SiteService
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**HttpConnectionMode** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Listeners** | [**[]Bind**](bind.md) |  | [optional] 
-**Maxconn** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Mode** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/SitesApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/SitesApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c3e0ed097..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/SitesApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
-# \SitesApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateSite**](SitesApi.md#CreateSite) | **Post** /services/haproxy/sites | Add a site
-[**DeleteSite**](SitesApi.md#DeleteSite) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/sites/{name} | Delete a site
-[**GetSite**](SitesApi.md#GetSite) | **Get** /services/haproxy/sites/{name} | Return a site
-[**GetSites**](SitesApi.md#GetSites) | **Get** /services/haproxy/sites | Return an array of sites
-[**ReplaceSite**](SitesApi.md#ReplaceSite) | **Put** /services/haproxy/sites/{name} | Replace a site
-
-
-
-## CreateSite
-
-> Site CreateSite(ctx, site, optional)
-
-Add a site
-
-Adds a new site to the configuration file.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**site** | [**Site**](Site.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateSiteOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateSiteOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Site**](site.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteSite
-
-> DeleteSite(ctx, name, optional)
-
-Delete a site
-
-Deletes a site from the configuration by it's name.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Site frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteSiteOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteSiteOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetSite
-
-> InlineResponse2001 GetSite(ctx, name, optional)
-
-Return a site
-
-Returns one site configuration by it's name.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Site frontend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetSiteOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetSiteOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse2001**](inline_response_200_1.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetSites
-
-> InlineResponse200 GetSites(ctx, optional)
-
-Return an array of sites
-
-Returns an array of all configured sites.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
- **optional** | ***GetSitesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetSitesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse200**](inline_response_200.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceSite
-
-> Site ReplaceSite(ctx, name, site, optional)
-
-Replace a site
-
-Replaces a site configuration by it's name.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**name** | **string**| Site frontend name | 
-**site** | [**Site**](Site.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceSiteOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceSiteOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Site**](site.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/SpecificationApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/SpecificationApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 60ddaf698c..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/SpecificationApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-# \SpecificationApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**GetSpecification**](SpecificationApi.md#GetSpecification) | **Get** /specification | Data Plane API Specification
-
-
-
-## GetSpecification
-
-> map[string]interface{} GetSpecification(ctx, )
-
-Data Plane API Specification
-
-Return Data Plane API OpenAPI specification
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-This endpoint does not need any parameter.
-
-### Return type
-
-[**map[string]interface{}**](map[string]interface{}.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/StatsApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/StatsApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f712149d4..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/StatsApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-# \StatsApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**GetStats**](StatsApi.md#GetStats) | **Get** /services/haproxy/stats/native | Gets stats
-
-
-
-## GetStats
-
-> []map[string]interface{} GetStats(ctx, optional)
-
-Gets stats
-
-Getting stats from the HAProxy.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
- **optional** | ***GetStatsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetStatsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
- **type_** | **optional.String**| Object type to get stats for (one of frontend, backend, server) | 
- **name** | **optional.String**| Object name to get stats for | 
- **parent** | **optional.String**| Object parent name to get stats for, in case the object is a server | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**[]map[string]interface{}**](map[string]interface{}.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/StickRule.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/StickRule.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 809eb7aa33..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/StickRule.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-# StickRule
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Cond** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**CondTest** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Id** | Pointer to **int32** |  | 
-**Pattern** | **string** |  | 
-**Table** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Type** | **string** |  | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/StickRuleApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/StickRuleApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a2e32cbdb..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/StickRuleApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-# \StickRuleApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateStickRule**](StickRuleApi.md#CreateStickRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules | Add a new Stick Rule
-[**DeleteStickRule**](StickRuleApi.md#DeleteStickRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Delete a Stick Rule
-[**GetStickRule**](StickRuleApi.md#GetStickRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Return one Stick Rule
-[**GetStickRules**](StickRuleApi.md#GetStickRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules | Return an array of all Stick Rules
-[**ReplaceStickRule**](StickRuleApi.md#ReplaceStickRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/stick_rules/{id} | Replace a Stick Rule
-
-
-
-## CreateStickRule
-
-> StickRule CreateStickRule(ctx, backend, stickRule, optional)
-
-Add a new Stick Rule
-
-Adds a new Stick Rule of the specified type in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
-**stickRule** | [**StickRule**](StickRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateStickRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateStickRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**StickRule**](stick_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteStickRule
-
-> DeleteStickRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Delete a Stick Rule
-
-Deletes a Stick Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Stick Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteStickRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteStickRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetStickRule
-
-> InlineResponse20027 GetStickRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Return one Stick Rule
-
-Returns one Stick Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Stick Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetStickRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetStickRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20027**](inline_response_200_27.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetStickRules
-
-> InlineResponse20026 GetStickRules(ctx, backend, optional)
-
-Return an array of all Stick Rules
-
-Returns all Stick Rules that are configured in specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetStickRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetStickRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20026**](inline_response_200_26.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceStickRule
-
-> StickRule ReplaceStickRule(ctx, id, backend, stickRule, optional)
-
-Replace a Stick Rule
-
-Replaces a Stick Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| Stick Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Backend name | 
-**stickRule** | [**StickRule**](StickRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceStickRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceStickRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**StickRule**](stick_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/TCPRequestRuleApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/TCPRequestRuleApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 928d9285d3..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/TCPRequestRuleApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-# \TCPRequestRuleApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateTCPRequestRule**](TCPRequestRuleApi.md#CreateTCPRequestRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Add a new TCP Request Rule
-[**DeleteTCPRequestRule**](TCPRequestRuleApi.md#DeleteTCPRequestRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Request Rule
-[**GetTCPRequestRule**](TCPRequestRuleApi.md#GetTCPRequestRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Request Rule
-[**GetTCPRequestRules**](TCPRequestRuleApi.md#GetTCPRequestRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules | Return an array of all TCP Request Rules
-[**ReplaceTCPRequestRule**](TCPRequestRuleApi.md#ReplaceTCPRequestRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_request_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Request Rule
-
-
-
-## CreateTCPRequestRule
-
-> TcpRequestRule CreateTCPRequestRule(ctx, parentName, parentType, tcpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Add a new TCP Request Rule
-
-Adds a new TCP Request Rule of the specified type in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**tcpRequestRule** | [**TcpRequestRule**](TcpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpRequestRule**](tcp_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteTCPRequestRule
-
-> DeleteTCPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Delete a TCP Request Rule
-
-Deletes a TCP Request Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPRequestRule
-
-> InlineResponse20017 GetTCPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return one TCP Request Rule
-
-Returns one TCP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20017**](inline_response_200_17.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPRequestRules
-
-> InlineResponse20016 GetTCPRequestRules(ctx, parentName, parentType, optional)
-
-Return an array of all TCP Request Rules
-
-Returns all TCP Request Rules that are configured in specified parent and parent type.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPRequestRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPRequestRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20016**](inline_response_200_16.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceTCPRequestRule
-
-> TcpRequestRule ReplaceTCPRequestRule(ctx, id, parentName, parentType, tcpRequestRule, optional)
-
-Replace a TCP Request Rule
-
-Replaces a TCP Request Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified parent.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Request Rule ID | 
-**parentName** | **string**| Parent name | 
-**parentType** | **string**| Parent type | 
-**tcpRequestRule** | [**TcpRequestRule**](TcpRequestRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceTCPRequestRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceTCPRequestRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpRequestRule**](tcp_request_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/TCPResponseRuleApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/TCPResponseRuleApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f8bb0e091..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/TCPResponseRuleApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-# \TCPResponseRuleApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CreateTCPResponseRule**](TCPResponseRuleApi.md#CreateTCPResponseRule) | **Post** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Add a new TCP Response Rule
-[**DeleteTCPResponseRule**](TCPResponseRuleApi.md#DeleteTCPResponseRule) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Delete a TCP Response Rule
-[**GetTCPResponseRule**](TCPResponseRuleApi.md#GetTCPResponseRule) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Return one TCP Response Rule
-[**GetTCPResponseRules**](TCPResponseRuleApi.md#GetTCPResponseRules) | **Get** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules | Return an array of all TCP Response Rules
-[**ReplaceTCPResponseRule**](TCPResponseRuleApi.md#ReplaceTCPResponseRule) | **Put** /services/haproxy/configuration/tcp_response_rules/{id} | Replace a TCP Response Rule
-
-
-
-## CreateTCPResponseRule
-
-> TcpResponseRule CreateTCPResponseRule(ctx, backend, tcpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Add a new TCP Response Rule
-
-Adds a new TCP Response Rule of the specified type in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
-**tcpResponseRule** | [**TcpResponseRule**](TcpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***CreateTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CreateTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpResponseRule**](tcp_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteTCPResponseRule
-
-> DeleteTCPResponseRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Delete a TCP Response Rule
-
-Deletes a TCP Response Rule configuration by it's ID from the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Response Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***DeleteTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a DeleteTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPResponseRule
-
-> InlineResponse20019 GetTCPResponseRule(ctx, id, backend, optional)
-
-Return one TCP Response Rule
-
-Returns one TCP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Response Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20019**](inline_response_200_19.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTCPResponseRules
-
-> InlineResponse20018 GetTCPResponseRules(ctx, backend, optional)
-
-Return an array of all TCP Response Rules
-
-Returns all TCP Response Rules that are configured in specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
- **optional** | ***GetTCPResponseRulesOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTCPResponseRulesOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**InlineResponse20018**](inline_response_200_18.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## ReplaceTCPResponseRule
-
-> TcpResponseRule ReplaceTCPResponseRule(ctx, id, backend, tcpResponseRule, optional)
-
-Replace a TCP Response Rule
-
-Replaces a TCP Response Rule configuration by it's ID in the specified backend.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **int32**| TCP Response Rule ID | 
-**backend** | **string**| Parent backend name | 
-**tcpResponseRule** | [**TcpResponseRule**](TcpResponseRule.md)|  | 
- **optional** | ***ReplaceTCPResponseRuleOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a ReplaceTCPResponseRuleOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
-
-
- **transactionId** | **optional.String**| ID of the transaction where we want to add the operation. Cannot be used when version is specified. | 
- **version** | **optional.Int32**| Version used for checking configuration version. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, transaction has it&#39;s own version. | 
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**TcpResponseRule**](tcp_response_rule.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: application/json
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/TcpRequestRule.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/TcpRequestRule.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f19c280810..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/TcpRequestRule.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-# TcpRequestRule
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Action** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Cond** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**CondTest** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Id** | Pointer to **int32** |  | 
-**Timeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Type** | **string** |  | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/TcpResponseRule.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/TcpResponseRule.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fd1db39e7..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/TcpResponseRule.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-# TcpResponseRule
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Action** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Cond** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**CondTest** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Id** | Pointer to **int32** |  | 
-**Timeout** | Pointer to **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Type** | **string** |  | 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Transaction.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Transaction.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4facfc9594..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/Transaction.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-# Transaction
-
-## Properties
-
-Name | Type | Description | Notes
------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**Version** | **int32** |  | [optional] 
-**Id** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-**Status** | **string** |  | [optional] 
-
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints) [[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
diff --git a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/TransactionsApi.md b/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/TransactionsApi.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ac163b1382..0000000000
--- a/contrib/haproxy/openapi/docs/TransactionsApi.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
-# \TransactionsApi
-
-All URIs are relative to *http://localhost/v1*
-
-Method | HTTP request | Description
-------------- | ------------- | -------------
-[**CommitTransaction**](TransactionsApi.md#CommitTransaction) | **Put** /services/haproxy/transactions/{id} | Commit transaction
-[**DeleteTransaction**](TransactionsApi.md#DeleteTransaction) | **Delete** /services/haproxy/transactions/{id} | Delete a transaction
-[**GetTransaction**](TransactionsApi.md#GetTransaction) | **Get** /services/haproxy/transactions/{id} | Return one HAProxy configuration transactions
-[**GetTransactions**](TransactionsApi.md#GetTransactions) | **Get** /services/haproxy/transactions | Return list of HAProxy configuration transactions.
-[**StartTransaction**](TransactionsApi.md#StartTransaction) | **Post** /services/haproxy/transactions | Start a new transaction
-
-
-
-## CommitTransaction
-
-> Transaction CommitTransaction(ctx, id, optional)
-
-Commit transaction
-
-Commit transaction, execute all operations in transaction and return msg
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **string**| Transaction id | 
- **optional** | ***CommitTransactionOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a CommitTransactionOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-
- **forceReload** | **optional.Bool**| If set, do a force reload, do not wait for the configured reload-delay. Cannot be used when transaction is specified, as changes in transaction are not applied directly to configuration. | [default to false]
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Transaction**](transaction.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## DeleteTransaction
-
-> DeleteTransaction(ctx, id)
-
-Delete a transaction
-
-Deletes a transaction.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **string**| Transaction id | 
-
-### Return type
-
- (empty response body)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTransaction
-
-> Transaction GetTransaction(ctx, id)
-
-Return one HAProxy configuration transactions
-
-Returns one HAProxy configuration transactions.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**id** | **string**| Transaction id | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Transaction**](transaction.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## GetTransactions
-
-> []Transaction GetTransactions(ctx, optional)
-
-Return list of HAProxy configuration transactions.
-
-Returns a list of HAProxy configuration transactions. Transactions can be filtered by their status.
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
- **optional** | ***GetTransactionsOpts** | optional parameters | nil if no parameters
-
-### Optional Parameters
-
-Optional parameters are passed through a pointer to a GetTransactionsOpts struct
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
- **status** | **optional.String**| Filter by transaction status | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**[]Transaction**](transaction.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
-
-## StartTransaction
-
-> Transaction StartTransaction(ctx, version)
-
-Start a new transaction
-
-Starts a new transaction and returns it's id
-
-### Required Parameters
-
-
-Name | Type | Description  | Notes
-------------- | ------------- | ------------- | -------------
-**ctx** | **context.Context** | context for authentication, logging, cancellation, deadlines, tracing, etc.
-**version** | **int32**| Configuration version on which to work on | 
-
-### Return type
-
-[**Transaction**](transaction.md)
-
-### Authorization
-
-[basic_auth](../README.md#basic_auth)
-
-### HTTP request headers
-
-- **Content-Type**: Not defined
-- **Accept**: application/json
-
-[[Back to top]](#) [[Back to API list]](../README.md#documentation-for-api-endpoints)
-[[Back to Model list]](../README.md#documentation-for-models)
-[[Back to README]](../README.md)
-
diff --git a/docs/release/release-tasks.md b/docs/release/release-tasks.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..60f6ae2c02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/release/release-tasks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+# Release Tasks
+
+**Notes**:
+
+- The examples in this document are based on the v1.8 release cycle.
+
+<!-- START doctoc generated TOC please keep comment here to allow auto update -->
+<!-- DON'T EDIT THIS SECTION, INSTEAD RE-RUN doctoc TO UPDATE -->
+
+- [Prepare main branch for development of the new release](#prepare-main-branch-for-development-of-the-new-release)
+- [Remove previously deprecated code](#remove-previously-deprecated-code)
+- [[Optional] Bump the Kubernetes version](#optional-bump-the-kubernetes-version)
+- [Bump dependencies](#bump-dependencies)
+- [Create a release branch](#create-a-release-branch)
+- [Cut a release](#cut-a-release)
+- [[Continuously] Reduce the amount of flaky tests](#continuously-reduce-the-amount-of-flaky-tests)
+
+<!-- END doctoc generated TOC please keep comment here to allow auto update -->
+
+## Prepare main branch for development of the new release
+
+TODO(sbueringer): Finalize this section once we do this for the first time
+
+The goal of this issue is to bump the versions on the main branch so that the upcoming release version
+is used for e.g. local development and e2e tests. We also modify tests so that they are testing the previous release.
+
+This comes down to changing occurrences of the old version to the new version, e.g. `v1.7` to `v1.8`:
+
+1. Setup E2E tests for the new release:
+   1. Goal is that our clusterctl upgrade tests are testing the right versions. For `v1.8` this means:
+      - v1beta1: `v1.7` (will change with each new release)
+      - v1alpha4: `v0.8`
+   2. Update providers in `vsphere-ci.yaml`, `vsphere-dev.yaml`, `integration-dev.yaml`:
+      1. Add a new `v1.7.0` entry.
+      2. Remove providers that are not used anymore in clusterctl upgrade tests.
+      3. Change `v1.7.99` to `v1.8.99`.
+   3. Adjust `metadata.yaml`'s:
+      1. Add new release to the top-level `metadata.yaml`
+      2. Create a new `v1.7` `metadata.yaml` (`test/e2e/data/shared/v1.7/metadata.yaml`) by copying
+        `test/e2e/data/shared/main/metadata.yaml`
+      3. Add the new v1.8 release to the main `metadata.yaml` (`test/e2e/data/shared/main/metadata.yaml`).
+      4. Remove old `metadata.yaml`'s that are not used anymore in clusterctl upgrade tests.
+   4. Adjust cluster templates in `test/e2e/data/infrastructure-vsphere`:
+      1. Create a new `v1.7` folder. It should be created based on the `main` folder and only contain the templates
+        we use in the clusterctl upgrade tests (as of today `remote-management`).
+      2. Remove old folders that are not used anymore in clusterctl upgrade tests.
+   5. Modify the test specs in `test/e2e/capi_clusterctl_upgrade_test.go` (according to the versions we want to test described above).
+      Please note that both `InitWithKubernetesVersion` and `WorkloadKubernetesVersion` should be the highest mgmt cluster version supported by the respective Cluster API version.
+2. Update `clusterctl-settings.json`: `v1.7.99` => `v1.8.99`.
+3. Make sure all tests are green (also run `pull-cluster-api-provider-vsphere-e2e-full-main` and `pull-cluster-api-provider-vsphere-conformance-main`).
+
+Prior art: TODO(sbueringer): link example PR
+
+## Remove previously deprecated code
+
+The goal of this task is to remove all previously deprecated code that can be now removed.
+
+1. Check for deprecated code and remove it.
+   **Note**: We can't just remove all code flagged with `Deprecated`. In some cases like e.g. in API packages
+   we have to keep the old code.
+
+Prior art: TODO(sbueringer): link example PR
+
+## [Optional] Bump the Kubernetes version
+
+TODO(sbueringer): Write this when we do it the next time
+
+## Bump dependencies
+
+The goal of this task is to ensure that we have relatively up-to-date dependencies at the time of the release.
+This reduces the risk that CVEs are found in outdated dependencies after our release.
+
+We should take a look at the following dependencies:
+
+- Go dependencies in the `go.mod` file. (usually dependabot takes care of that)
+- Tools used in our Makefile (e.g. kustomize).
+
+## Create a release branch
+
+The goal of this task is to ensure we have a release branch with test coverage and results in testgrid. While we
+add test coverage for the new release branch we will also drop the tests for old release branches if necessary.
+The milestone applier should also apply milestones accordingly.
+From this point forward changes which should land in the release have to be cherry-picked into the release branch.
+
+1. Create the release branch locally based on the latest commit on main and push it.
+
+   ```bash
+      # Create the release branch
+      git checkout -b release-1.8
+
+      # Push the release branch
+      # Note: `upstream` must be the remote pointing to `github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api`.
+      git push -u upstream release-1.8
+     ```
+
+2. Create the milestone for the new release via [GitHub UI](https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api-provider-vsphere/milestones/new).
+3. Update the [milestone applier config](https://github.com/kubernetes/test-infra/blob/151bab62dc023525f592e6d1fdc2a8de5305cd01/config/prow/plugins.yaml#L523) accordingly (e.g. `release-1.8: v1.8`
+   and `main: v1.9`)
+4. Create new jobs based on the jobs running against our `main` branch:
+   1. Copy `config/jobs/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api-provider-vsphere/cluster-api-provider-vsphere-periodics-main.yaml` to `config/jobs/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api-provider-vsphere/cluster-api-provider-vsphere-periodics-release-1.8.yaml`.
+   2. Copy `config/jobs/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api-provider-vsphere/cluster-api-provider-vsphere-presubmits-main.yaml` to `config/jobs/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api-provider-vsphere/cluster-api-provider-vsphere-presubmits-release-1.8.yaml`.
+   3. Modify the following:
+      1. Rename the jobs, e.g.: `periodic-cluster-api-provider-vsphere-test-main` => `periodic-cluster-api-provider-vsphere-test-release-1-8`.
+      2. Change `annotations.testgrid-tab-name`, e.g. `periodic-test-main` => `periodic-test-release-1-8`.
+      3. For periodics additionally:
+         - Change `extra_refs[].base_ref` to `release-1.8` (for repo: `cluster-api-provider-vsphere`).
+      4. For presubmits additionally:
+         - Adjust branches: `^main$` => `^release-1.8$`.
+5. Remove tests for old release branches if necessary
+6. Verify the jobs and dashboards a day later by taking a look at [testgrid](https://testgrid.k8s.io/sig-cluster-lifecycle-cluster-api-provider-vsphere)
+7. Update `.github/workflows/weekly-security-scan.yaml` - to setup Trivy and govulncheck scanning - `.github/workflows/weekly-md-link-check.yaml` - to setup link checking in the CAPI book - and `.github/workflows/weekly-test-release.yaml` - to verify the release target is working - for the currently supported branches.
+
+## Cut a release
+
+1. Ensure via testgrid that CI is stable before cutting the release
+   Note: special attention should be given to image scan results, so we can avoid cutting a release with CVEs or document known CVEs in release notes.
+2. Create and push the release tags to the GitHub repository:
+
+   ```bash
+      # Export the tag of the release to be cut, e.g.:
+      export RELEASE_TAG=v1.8.0-beta.0
+      # Create tags locally
+      # Warning: The test tag MUST NOT be an annotated tag.
+      git tag -s -a ${RELEASE_TAG} -m ${RELEASE_TAG}
+
+      # Push tags
+      # Note: `upstream` must be the remote pointing to `github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api`.
+      git push upstream ${RELEASE_TAG}
+   ```
+
+   This will automatically trigger:
+   - a [GitHub Action](https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/cluster-api-provider-vsphere/actions/workflows/release.yaml) to create a draft release and
+   - a [ProwJob](https://prow.k8s.io/?repo=kubernetes-sigs%2Fcluster-api-provider-vsphere&job=post-cluster-api-provider-vsphere-push-images) to publish images to the staging image repository.
+3. Promote images from the staging repository to the production registry (`registry.k8s.io/cluster-api-vsphere`):
+   1. Wait until images for the tag have been built and pushed to the [staging repository](https://console.cloud.google.com/gcr/images/k8s-staging-capi-vsphere/global/cluster-api-vsphere-controller) by
+      the [push images job](https://prow.k8s.io/?repo=kubernetes-sigs%2Fcluster-api-provider-vsphere&job=post-cluster-api-provider-vsphere-push-images).
+   2. If you don't have a GitHub token, create one by going to your GitHub settings in [Personal access tokens](https://github.com/settings/tokens). Make sure you give the token the `repo` scope.
+   3. Create a PR to promote the images to the production registry:
+
+      ```bash
+      # Export the tag of the release to be cut, e.g.:
+      export RELEASE_TAG=v1.8.0-beta.0
+      export GITHUB_TOKEN=<your GH token>
+      make promote-images
+      ```
+
+      **Notes**:
+       - `make promote-images` target tries to figure out your Github user handle in order to find the forked [k8s.io](https://github.com/kubernetes/k8s.io) repository.
+       If you have not forked the repo, please do it before running the Makefile target.
+       - if `make promote-images` fails with an error like `FATAL while checking fork of kubernetes/k8s.io` you may be able to solve it by manually setting the USER_FORK variable
+       i.e.  `export USER_FORK=<personal GitHub handle>`
+       - `kpromo` uses `git@github.com:...` as remote to push the branch for the PR. If you don't have `ssh` set up you can configure
+       git to use `https` instead via `git config --global url."https://github.com/".insteadOf git@github.com:`.
+       - This will automatically create a PR in [k8s.io](https://github.com/kubernetes/k8s.io) and assign the CAPI maintainers.
+4. Merge the PR (/lgtm + /hold cancel) and verify the images are available in the production registry:
+    - Wait for the [promotion prow job](https://prow.k8s.io/?repo=kubernetes%2Fk8s.io&job=post-k8sio-image-promo) to complete successfully. Then verify that the production images are accessible:
+
+     ```bash
+     docker pull registry.k8s.io/cluster-api-vsphere/cluster-api-vsphere-controller:${RELEASE_TAG}
+     ```
+
+5. Publish the release.
+   1. Finalize release notes
+      1. Pay close attention to the `## :question: Sort these by hand` section, as it contains items that need to be manually sorted.
+      2. Ensure consistent formatting of entries (e.g. prefix).
+      3. Merge dependency bump PR entries for the same dependency into a single entry.
+      4. Move minor changes into a single line at the end of each section.
+      5. Sort entries within a section alphabetically.
+      6. Write highlights section based on the initial release notes doc. (for minor releases and important changes only)
+      7. **For minor releases** Modify `Changes since v1.x.y` to `Changes since v1.x`
+         **Note**: The release notes tool includes all merges since the previous release branch was branched of.
+   2. Publish the release and ensure release is flagged as `pre-release` for all `beta` and `rc` releases or `latest` for a new release in the most recent release branch.
+6. **For minor releases** Update supported versions in versions.md.
+
+- Cutting a release as of today requires permissions to:
+  - Create a release tag on the GitHub repository.
+  - Create/update/publish GitHub releases.
+
+## [Continuously] Reduce the amount of flaky tests
+
+The CAPV tests are pretty stable, but there are still some flaky tests from time to time. To reduce the amount of flakes please periodically:
+
+1. Take a look at recent CI failures via `k8s-triage`:
+    - [periodic-cluster-api-provider-vsphere-test-main](https://storage.googleapis.com/k8s-triage/index.html?pr=1&job=periodic-cluster-api-provider-vsphere-test-main)
+    - [periodic-cluster-api-provider-vsphere-test-integration-main](https://storage.googleapis.com/k8s-triage/index.html?pr=1&job=periodic-cluster-api-provider-vsphere-test-integration-main)
+    - [periodic-cluster-api-provider-vsphere-e2e-full-main](https://storage.googleapis.com/k8s-triage/index.html?pr=1&job=periodic-cluster-api-provider-vsphere-e2e-full-main)
+    - [periodic-cluster-api-provider-vsphere-conformance-main](https://storage.googleapis.com/k8s-triage/index.html?pr=1&job=periodic-cluster-api-provider-vsphere-conformance-main)
+2. Open issues for occurring flakes and ideally fix them or find someone who can.
diff --git a/hack/check-shell.sh b/hack/generate-doctoc.sh
similarity index 63%
rename from hack/check-shell.sh
rename to hack/generate-doctoc.sh
index db38eb02a8..f7adc62fa4 100755
--- a/hack/check-shell.sh
+++ b/hack/generate-doctoc.sh
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#!/bin/bash
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
 
 # Copyright 2019 The Kubernetes Authors.
 #
@@ -18,11 +18,14 @@ set -o errexit
 set -o nounset
 set -o pipefail
 
-# Change directories to the parent directory of the one in which this
-# script is located.
-cd "$(dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}")/.."
+if [[ "${TRACE-0}" == "1" ]]; then
+    set -o xtrace
+fi
 
-# This file has been deprecated in favor of the Makefile target "lint-shell".
-# This file remains as a backwards-compatible stub for the CI tests since
-# older release branches still expect this file to exist.
-make lint-shell
+if [[ -z "$(command -v doctoc)" ]]; then
+  echo "doctoc is not available on your system, skipping verification"
+  echo "Note: The doctoc module can be installed via npm (https://www.npmjs.com/package/doctoc)"
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+doctoc docs/release/release-tasks.md
diff --git a/hack/match-release-tag.sh b/hack/match-release-tag.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 96a6688611..0000000000
--- a/hack/match-release-tag.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-
-# Copyright 2019 The Kubernetes Authors.
-#
-# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
-# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
-# You may obtain a copy of the License at
-#
-#     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
-#
-# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
-# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
-# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
-# limitations under the License.
-
-set -o errexit
-set -o nounset
-set -o pipefail
-
-# Change directories to the parent directory of the one in which this
-# script is located.
-cd "$(dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}")/.."
-
-usage() {
-  cat <<EOF
-usage: ${0} [TAG]
-  Verifies the provided tag is a release tag.
-
-TAG
-  If no tag is provided then "git describe --dirty" is used to obtain the tag.
-
-FLAGS
-  -h    prints this help screen
-  -x    run the examples
-EOF
-}
-
-while getopts ':hx' opt; do
-  case "${opt}" in
-  h)
-    usage 1>&2; exit 1
-    ;;
-  x)
-    EXAMPLES=1
-    ;;
-  \?)
-    { echo "invalid option: -${OPTARG}"; usage; } 1>&2; exit 1
-    ;;
-  :)
-    echo "option -${OPTARG} requires an argument" 1>&2; exit 1
-    ;;
-  esac
-done
-shift $((OPTIND-1))
-
-# The regular expression matches the following strings:
-#   * v1.0.0-alpha.0
-#   * v1.0.0-beta.0
-#   * v1.0.0-rc.0
-#   * v1.0.0
-# Any occurence of a digit in the above examples may be multiple digits.
-REGEX='^[[:space:]]{0,}v[[:digit:]]{1,}\.[[:digit:]]{1,}\.[[:digit:]]{1,}(-(alpha|beta|rc)\.[[:digit:]]{1,}){0,1}[[:space:]]{0,}$'
-
-# Match the tag against the regular expression for a release tag.
-match() {
-  if [[ ${1} =~ ${REGEX} ]]; then
-    echo "yay: ${1}"
-  else
-    exit_code="${?}"
-    echo "nay: ${1}"
-    return "${exit_code}"
-  fi
-}
-
-# Run examples to illustrate valid and invalid values.
-examples() {
-  local semvers=" \
-    v1.0.0-alpha.0 \
-    v1.0.0-beta.0 \
-    v1.0.0-rc.0 \
-    v1.0.0 \
-    v10.0.0 \
-    v1.10.0 \
-    v1.0.10 \
-    v10.0.0-alpha.10 \
-    v1.10.0-beta.10 \
-    v1.0.10-rc.10 \
-    1.0.0 \
-    v1.0.0+rc.0 \
-    v10a.0.0 \
-    1.1.0-alpha.1 \
-    v1.0.0-alpha.0a"
-  set +o errexit
-  for v in ${semvers}; do match "${v}"; done
-  return 0
-}
-
-main() {
-  # Get the tag from the remaining arguments or from "git describe --dirty"
-  [ "${#}" -eq "0" ] || tag="${1}"
-  [ -n "${tag-}" ] || tag="$(git describe --dirty)"
-
-  # Match the tag against the regular expression for a release tag.
-  match "${tag}" 1>&2
-}
-
-{ [ "${EXAMPLES-}" ] && examples; } || main "${@-}"
diff --git a/hack/tools/shellcheck/Dockerfile b/hack/tools/shellcheck/Dockerfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 483d05be12..0000000000
--- a/hack/tools/shellcheck/Dockerfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-# syntax=docker/dockerfile:1.4
-
-# Copyright 2019 The Kubernetes Authors.
-#
-# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
-# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
-# You may obtain a copy of the License at
-#
-#     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
-#
-# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
-# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
-# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
-# limitations under the License.
-
-################################################################################
-##                          INSTALL SHELLCHECK                                ##
-################################################################################
-ARG SHELLCHECK_VERSION=v0.6.0
-FROM koalaman/shellcheck:${SHELLCHECK_VERSION} as build
-
-################################################################################
-##                                 MAIN                                       ##
-################################################################################
-FROM debian:stretch-slim
-LABEL "maintainer" "Andrew Kutz <akutz@vmware.com>"
-COPY --from=build /bin/shellcheck /bin/
-COPY shellcheck.sh /bin/shellcheck.sh
-WORKDIR /build
-ENTRYPOINT [ "/bin/shellcheck.sh" ]
diff --git a/hack/tools/shellcheck/Makefile b/hack/tools/shellcheck/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f30c4dc46..0000000000
--- a/hack/tools/shellcheck/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-# Copyright 2019 The Kubernetes Authors.
-#
-# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
-# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
-# You may obtain a copy of the License at
-#
-#     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
-#
-# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
-# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
-# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
-# limitations under the License.
-
-all: build
-
-IMAGE_VERSION ?= v0.6.0
-IMAGE_NAME ?= gcr.io/cluster-api-provider-vsphere/extra/shellcheck
-IMAGE_TAG ?= $(IMAGE_NAME):$(IMAGE_VERSION)
-
-build:
-	docker build --build-arg SHELLCHECK_VERSION=$(IMAGE_VERSION) -t $(IMAGE_TAG) .
-.PHONY: build
-
-push:
-	docker push $(IMAGE_TAG)
-.PHONY: push
diff --git a/hack/tools/shellcheck/shellcheck.sh b/hack/utils.sh
old mode 100755
new mode 100644
similarity index 79%
rename from hack/tools/shellcheck/shellcheck.sh
rename to hack/utils.sh
index 472ed15fdd..df96561ad1
--- a/hack/tools/shellcheck/shellcheck.sh
+++ b/hack/utils.sh
@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
 # Copyright 2019 The Kubernetes Authors.
 #
 # Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
@@ -14,8 +13,7 @@
 # See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 # limitations under the License.
 
-set -o errexit
-set -o nounset
-set -o pipefail
-
-find . -path ./vendor -prune -o -name "*.*sh" -type f -print0 | xargs -0 shellcheck "${@}"
+# get_root_path returns the root path of the project source tree
+get_root_path() {
+    git rev-parse --show-toplevel
+}
diff --git a/hack/verify-container-images.sh b/hack/verify-container-images.sh
index 0a983ea2e3..d99c2da64a 100755
--- a/hack/verify-container-images.sh
+++ b/hack/verify-container-images.sh
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NC='\033[0m' # No
 
 if [ "$R1" -ne "0" ]
 then
-  echo -e "${BRed}Check container images failed! There are vulnerability to be fixed${NC}"
+  echo -e "${BRed}Check container images failed! There are vulnerabilities to be fixed${NC}"
   exit 1
 fi
 
diff --git a/hack/verify-shellcheck.sh b/hack/verify-shellcheck.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..e29007bad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/hack/verify-shellcheck.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+# Copyright 2019 The Kubernetes Authors.
+#
+# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+# You may obtain a copy of the License at
+#
+#     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+#
+# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+# limitations under the License.
+
+set -o errexit
+set -o nounset
+set -o pipefail
+
+if [[ "${TRACE-0}" == "1" ]]; then
+    set -o xtrace
+fi
+
+if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
+  echo 1>&2 "$0: usage: ./verify-shellcheck.sh <version>"
+  exit 2
+fi
+
+VERSION=${1}
+
+OS="unknown"
+if [[ "${OSTYPE}" == "linux"* ]]; then
+  OS="linux"
+elif [[ "${OSTYPE}" == "darwin"* ]]; then
+  OS="darwin"
+fi
+
+# shellcheck source=./hack/utils.sh
+source "$(dirname "$0")/utils.sh"
+ROOT_PATH=$(get_root_path)
+
+# create a temporary directory
+TMP_DIR=$(mktemp -d)
+OUT="${TMP_DIR}/out.log"
+
+# cleanup on exit
+cleanup() {
+  ret=0
+  if [[ -s "${OUT}" ]]; then
+    echo "Found errors:"
+    cat "${OUT}"
+    ret=1
+  fi
+  echo "Cleaning up..."
+  rm -rf "${TMP_DIR}"
+  exit ${ret}
+}
+trap cleanup EXIT
+
+
+SHELLCHECK="./$(dirname "$0")/tools/bin/shellcheck/${VERSION}/shellcheck"
+
+if [ ! -f "$SHELLCHECK" ]; then
+  # install buildifier
+  cd "${TMP_DIR}" || exit
+  DOWNLOAD_FILE="shellcheck-${VERSION}.${OS}.x86_64.tar.xz"
+  curl -L "https://github.com/koalaman/shellcheck/releases/download/${VERSION}/${DOWNLOAD_FILE}" -o "${TMP_DIR}/shellcheck.tar.xz"
+  tar xf "${TMP_DIR}/shellcheck.tar.xz"
+  cd "${ROOT_PATH}"
+  mkdir -p "$(dirname "$0")/tools/bin/shellcheck/${VERSION}"
+  mv "${TMP_DIR}/shellcheck-${VERSION}/shellcheck" "$SHELLCHECK"
+fi
+
+echo "Running shellcheck..."
+cd "${ROOT_PATH}" || exit
+FILES=$(find . -name "*.sh")
+while read -r file; do
+    "$SHELLCHECK" -x "$file" >> "${OUT}" 2>&1
+done <<< "$FILES"